Advantage Series™, COGO™, and Intelligent Indexing™ are trademarks of Eagle

Point Software.

AutoCAD is a trademark of Autodesk Inc.

All other product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective
holders.

Eagle Point wishes to thank the following people for their efforts in the development
of COGO™:

Charles Elson Bill LeMay

Leif Fischer Dana Mann
Kent Kehus Greg McLaughlin
Elizabeth Kennedy Tony Roemer
Drew Leino Rena Stierman

Copyright April, 1996 by Eagle Point. All rights reserved.

Information in this manual is subject to change without notice and does not represent
a commitment on the part of the vendor. The software described in this manual is fur-
nished under a license agreement and may be used or copied only in accordance with
the terms of the agreement.
 Table of Contents

1.0 Introduction 1-1

Organization of This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Installing the Field Book Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Developing Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Manual Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Type Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Moving within Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
On-line Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

2.0 COGO Interface/Settings 2-1

Node Selection Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Graphical Node Selection Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Point Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Entity Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Command Line Prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Direction Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Distance Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Set Active Field Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Set Node Input Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Table of Contents i
Eagle Point Software

Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Station Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Alignment Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Batch Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Creating a Batch File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

3.0 File 3-1

Batch Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Copying a Batch File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

4.0 Nodes 4-1

Place Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Placing Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Snap Nodes to Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

Snapping Nodes Method 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Snapping Nodes Method 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Enter Node Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Entering Node Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Solve Node by Station/Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Solving Node by Station/Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Solve Lost Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Solving a Lost Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Solve 2 Point Resection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

Solving a 2 Point Resection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

Solve 3 Point Resection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

Solving a 3 Point Resection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

ii COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Solve Nodes Along Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

Solving Nodes Along an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

Traverse Topo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

Traversing a Topo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

Move Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

Moving Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

Clean Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Cleaning Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Copy Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

Copying Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

Erase Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

Erasing Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

Scale Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

Scaling Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

Rotate Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

Rotating Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

Swivel Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

Swiveling Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

Renumber Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36

Renumbering Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36

Raise/Lower Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37

Raising/Lowering Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37

Modify Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38

Modifying Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40

Resize Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Resizing Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Select Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Update Node List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

Table of Contents iii

Eagle Point Software

5.0 Geometry 5-1

Draw Through Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Drawing Through Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Draw Polar Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Drawing a Polar Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Draw Feature Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Drawing a Feature Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Fit Line Through Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Fitting a Line Through Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Draw Curve Tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Drawing a Curve Tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Inscribe Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

Inscribing a Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Inscribe Reverse Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Inscribing Reverse Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Fit Curve Through Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Fitting a Curve Through Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Draw Spiral Tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Drawing a Spiral Tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Inscribe Spiral/Curve/Spiral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Inscribing a Spiral/Curve/Spiral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Intersect Direction/Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Intersecting Direction/Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Intersect Direction/Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

Intersecting Direction/Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27

Intersect Distance/Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

Intersecting Distance/Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

Intersect Direction/Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

iv COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Intersecting Direction/Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

Intersect 3-D Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

Intersecting 3-D Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

Layout Parking Lot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36

Placing a Parking Lot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36

6.0 Reports 6-1

List Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Listing Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

List Unused Node Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Listing Unused Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

List Duplicate Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Listing Duplicate Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Resolve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Resolving Duplicate Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Calculate Station/Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Calculating Station/Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Calculate Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

Calculating an Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

Calculate Area by EPoly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

Calculating an Area by Epoly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Calculate Area by Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

Calculating an Area by Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17

Calculate Area by Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20

Calculating an Area by Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

Inverse Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

Using Inverse Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

Inverse Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

Table of Contents v
Eagle Point Software

Inversing an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

Inverse Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

Inversing an Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

Stakeout Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

Staking Out Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

Stakeout Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31

Staking Out a Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33

Stakeout Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35

Staking Out an Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38

7.0 Alignments 7-1

Convert Objects to Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Converting Objects to an Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Traverse Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

Traversing an Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Intersect Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15

Intersecting Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15

Offset Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16

Creating an Offset Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17

Draw Bulb Cul-de-Sac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18

Drawing a Bulb Cul-de-Sac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18

Draw Hammer Cul-de-Sac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

Drawing a Hammer Cul-de-Sac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21

Draw Offset Cul-de-Sac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

Drawing an Offset Cul-de-Sac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

vi COGO
 Eagle Point Software

8.0 Lots 8-1

Traverse Lot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Traversing a Lot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Convert Objects to Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Converting Objects to Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

Convert EPoly to Lot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

Converting an EPoly to a Lot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Solve Sliding Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

Solving a Sliding Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Solve Radial Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Solving a Radial Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Solve Swinging Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
Solving Swinging Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Edit Name/Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
Enter Lot List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
New Lot List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24
Modify Lot List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Delete Lot Alert Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Select Lots Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26

Entering a Lot List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27

Create Lot Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27
Select Lot List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30
Summary Print Format Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30
Mapcheck Print Format Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31

9.0 Settings 9-1

Set Entry Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

Setting Entry Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

Table of Contents vii

Eagle Point Software

Set Mapcheck Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

Setting Mapcheck Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

Set Active Field Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

Setting an Active Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

Set Node Input Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Setting Node Input options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

Toggle Audit Trail Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Toggle Draw Lines Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Toggle Draw Nodes Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

Appendix A: COGO Editor A-1

Displaying the COGO Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

The Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Rows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Fields within the Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Data File Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Data File Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
File Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Save As . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
Edit Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
Find Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7

Finding a Data Tag within the File . . . . . . . . . . A-8

Find & Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9

Finding and Replacing a Data Tag within the File . . A-9

Delete Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10

viii COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Deleting a Line within the File . . . . . . . . . . . A-10

Insert Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10

Inserting a Line within the File . . . . . . . . . . . A-11

Insert Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11

Inserting a Column in the File . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11

Global Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11

Global Editing of a Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14

Undo All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14

Undoing Changes in the File . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14

Options Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15
Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15

Defining the Background Image . . . . . . . . . . A-16

Change Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-16

Defining an Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-17

Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-17

Defining Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-18

Customize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-19

Customizing the Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21

Gridlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21

Defining Gridlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-22

Regenerate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-23

Regenerating the Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-23

Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-23

Displaying the Version Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . A-24

Video Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24

Defining the Video Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25

Current Active Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25
Help Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25

Table of Contents ix
Eagle Point Software

Accessing Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-26

Scroll Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-26
Worksheet Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-26
Keystrokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-26

Appendix B: References B-1

COGO Tutorial CG-1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-1
The AutoCAD Advantage Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-1
How to Get into the Eagle Point Advantage Series . . . CG-1
Opening an Existing Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-3
Obtaining Version Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-4
Setting Up Initial Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-4
Set Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-5
Set Precision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-6
Set Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-6
Set Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-7
Set Text Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-8
Set Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-8
Set Node Attribute Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-9
Adding Symbols Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-10
Selecting Symbol to Import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-11
DOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-12
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-13
Setting Current Symbols Library . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-13
COGO - Lesson 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-14
Starting the Lesson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-14
Opening COGO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-14

x COGO
 Eagle Point Software

COGO Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-14

Set Entry Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-15
Set Mapcheck Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-16
Set Active Field Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-16
Set Node Input options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-17
Toggle Draw Lines Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-18
Toggle Draw Nodes Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-18
Creating and Setting a Layer to be Current . . . . . . . CG-18
Placing a Node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-19
Traverse Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-20
Offset Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-24
Inscribe Reverse Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-25
Offset Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-29
COGO-Lesson 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-31
Solve Nodes Along Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-32
Draw Through Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-37
Draw Bulb Cul-de-Sac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-38
Erase Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-43
Modify Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-43
Snap Node to Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-45
Draw Polar Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-48
COGO-Lesson 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-52
Duplicate Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-52
Copy Nodes and Move Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-55
Convert EPoly to Lot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-57
Selection Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-60
Calculate Area by Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-60
Batch Play Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-63
Configure Printer and Stakeout Alignment . . . . . . . . CG-64
Calculate Station/Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-66
Stakeout Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-67

Table of Contents xi
Eagle Point Software

List Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CG-67

Index Index-1

xii COGO
 1.0 Introduction
Thank you for purchasing COGO (Coordinate Geometry). We appreciate your confi-
dence in the products of Eagle Point. We will make every effort possible to ensure
that your investment is protected.

COGO is a sophisticated AutoCAD® computer program that may be used inde-

pendently or in conjunction with other Eagle Point software modules. This software
uses intuitive and flexible methods to input data and create and query drawings.
COGO uses the mathematical concepts of coordinate geometry to place simple or
multiple data points (nodes) and geometry within a drawing. Based on the data en-
tered, COGO draws lines, curves, alignments, spirals, cul-de-sacs and areas. Intersec-
tions of lines can be determined and data from elements or points in the drawing can
be queried.

Some of the basic tools that COGO provides are:

• Place points or nodes in the drawing with point numbers and any or all of the fol-
lowing: elevations, descriptions, northing, easting, station and offset
• Draw lines and arcs by point number
• Draw feature lines such as building footprints
• Place curves using a variety of methods
• Place points by station and offset from an alignment
• Create right-of-way offset lines
• Locate points using direction-direction, direction-distance and distance-distance
intersection routines
• Query the length of lines, data for curves, and areas of regions
• Radial stakeout

In addition, COGO provides these advanced features:

• Station equations support
• Traverse through curves and spirals
• Vertical traversing
• Best fit line and arc by least squares
• Automatic intersection of roads
• Inscribe reverse curves
• 2 and 3 point resections
• Alignment and boundary stakeout

Introduction 1-1
Eagle Point Software

• Automatic lot sizing

• Batch processing
• Full audit trail

Advantage Series COGO also offers these features which are unmatched by other co-
ordinate geometry packages:
• Locate points or nodes using a direction-station intersection
• Intelligent Indexing™
• Direct links to ADE

Organization of This Manual

This manual is divided into the following sections to help you understand the Eagle
Point Advantage Series COGO system.

1.0 Introduction:
Provides a brief description of the organization of the manual as well as conventions
used throughout the manual.

2.0 COGO Interface:

The basics of working with COGO are explained in this chapter such as node selec-
tion methods and entering angles and distances.

3.0 File:
Describes the Batch Manager dialog box and its functions within COGO.

4.0 Nodes:
Describes the Place Node, Snap Nodes to Objects, Enter Node Coordinates, Solve
Node by Station/Offset, Solve Lost Point, Solve 2 Point Resection, Solve 3 Point Re-
section, Solve Nodes Along Object, Traverse Topo, Move Nodes, Clean Nodes,
Copy Nodes, Erase Nodes, Scale Nodes, Rotate Nodes, Swivel Nodes, Renumber
Nodes, Raise/Lower Nodes, Modify Nodes, Resize Nodes, Select Nodes and Update
Node List commands.

5.0 Geometry:
Describes the Draw Through Nodes, Draw Polar Lines, Draw Feature Line, Fit Line
Through Points, Draw Curve Tangent, Inscribe Curve, Inscribe Reverse Curves, Fit
Curve Through Points, Draw Spiral Tangent, Inscribe Spiral/Curve/Spiral, Intersect
Direction-Direction, Intersect Direction-Distance, Intersect Distance-Distance, Inter-
sect Direction-Station, Intersect 3-D Lines and Layout Parking Lot commands.

6.0 Reports:
Describes the List Nodes, List Unused Node Numbers, List Duplicate Nodes, Calcu-
late Station/Offset, Calculate Angle, Calculate Area by EPoly, Calculate Area by

1-2 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Points, Calculate Area by Object, Inverse Points, Inverse Object, Inverse Alignment,
Stakeout Nodes, Stakeout Boundary and Stakeout Alignment commands.

7.0 Alignments:
Describes the Convert Objects to an Alignment, Traverse Alignment, Intersect
Roads, Offset Alignment, Draw Bulb Cul-de-sac, Draw Hammer Cul-de-sac and
Draw Offset Cul-de-sac commands.

8.0 Lots:
Describes the Traverse Lot, Convert Objects to Lot, Convert EPoly to Lot, Solve
Sliding Side, Solve Radial Side, Solve Swinging Side, Edit Name/Description, Enter
Lot List, and Create Lot Reports commands.

9.0 Settings:
Describes the Set Entry Options, Set Mapcheck Options, Set Active Field Code, Set
Node Input Options, Toggle Audit Trail Option,Toggle Draw Lines Option and Tog-
gle Draw Nodes Option.

Appendix A–COGO Editor:

A description of how to use the COGO Editor.

Appendix B-References:
A list of references that may be helpful when creating drawings using COGO.

Installing the Field Book Editor

When you are running the Field Book Editor from within AutoCAD, you must have
enough “expanded” memory available (880k+) for the Field Book Editor to run. By
default, AutoCAD will not release any expanded memory when user/programs
shell/shell out to DOS. If you are unable to run the editor from within AutoCAD,
you will need to complete the following steps:

1. Verify that the following lines exist in your “CONFIG.SYS” file by typing:
edit c:\config.sys and pressing the Enter key. The DOS Editor displays
the CONFIG.SYS file. The CONFIG.SYS file should contain the following lines:

device=c:\dos\himem.sys
device=c:\dos\emm386.exe 2048 ram on

2. After a clean reboot, type mem.

3. The MEM program will display important pieces of data which should be written
down, for example, free extended memory.

4. Change to the AutoCAD directory by typing cd\r13 and pressing the Enter key.

Introduction 1-3
Eagle Point Software

If you changed the default installation directory for AutoCAD, be sure to

substitute that path here.

5. Type cfigphar. This will run the pharlap configuration program. Type c for
color monitor.

6. Select Configure Switches.

7. Select Expanded Memory.

8. Select MAXVCPI, type 1048576 and press the Enter key.

9. Press the F2 key to save the settings.

10. Select Configure Switches.

11. Select Extended Memory.

12. Select MAXXMSMEM and select the amount of RAM closest to but not above
the amount written down in step 3.

13. Select MAXEXTMEM and select the amount of RAM closest to but not above
the amount written down in step 3.

14. Press the F2 function key to save the settings.

15. Select Exit.

16. Select End.

17. Type y to save the settings.

18. Type y to replace the CONF386.BAT file.

19. Press the Enter key twice.

This prompt may not display if CFIGPHAR has never been run.

20. Type conf386.bat. This command will set the settings for AutoCAD.

21. Start the Eagle Point software by typing ep at the C:\EP> prompt.

22. To verify that the above steps have worked, type shell at the command prompt
in AutoCAD and press the Enter key twice.

23. Type mem and verify that Free Expanded is equal to or more than 880k.

1-4 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Developing Drawings

COGO is a flexible system that is capable of having data entered using either graphic
or keystroke methods. When developing a drawing using the COGO software, you
may enter information by graphically selecting nodes, points, lines or curves in the
view portion of the screen, or you may enter the point or node number to define the
line, curve, spiral, etc. at the command line. When a drawing is created by graphical
selection, COGO automatically uses the selection for the command line input. When
the drawing is created using command line input, COGO creates/queries the drawing
based on the information supplied.

Manual Conventions

This section describes the general layout of the COGO manual. Included are descrip-
tions of what the various fonts indicate, commonly used words, and how to move
within dialog boxes using the keyboard.

Type Styles

This manual uses the following typeface conventions:

Manual Names All Eagle Point products and manuals are italicized and in bold
face. For example, RoadCalc, Surface Modeling, COGO, Storm
Sewers.

Section Names When you are referred to another section in the manual, the sec-
tion name will be italicized and the page number will be given.
For example, Introduction, page 1-1.

Data to Type If you need to type data into a field on a dialog box or on the
in command line, the information you are to type in shows as
1234567890 abcdefgh.

Prompts and Prompts from AutoCAD or Eagle Point software and system
Messages messages are shown as
“Please select node #12345.”

Highlighting and If you are to click on a field or button or highlight an item in a

Selecting list; the field, button, or item is shown in bold face print. For ex-
ample, “Click on the OK button.”

Step by Steps A heading preceded by the symbol indicates step by step in-
structions on how to use a command.

Introduction 1-5
Eagle Point Software

There are two types of notes used to draw your attention to important information in
the manual. The following shows each type, with a description of each note within
the box.

This is an FYI note. It will contain helpful hints and information that can
increase your productivity and enhance the use of this module.

This is a warning note. Read these notes very carefully. Information impor-
tant to successfully using this module will be included in these notes.

This is a flow box. This shows the steps to access the current command.

COMMAND → FLOW

Moving within Dialog Boxes

The following describes some hints to aid you when working with dialog boxes:

Tab key The Tab key moves down and/or from left to right within the dia-
log box. You can configure your Page Down (Pg Dn) key to
work like the Tab key by editing your CONFIG.SYS file. See the
Installation manual for more information.

Back Tab (or The Shift +Tab keys moves up and from right to left within the
Shift +Tab key) dialog box. You can configure your Page Up (Pg Up) key to
work like the Shift +Tab key by editing your CONFIG.SYS file.
See the Installation manual for more information.

New The New Button allows you to add/insert new information.

Copy The Copy button allows you to make duplicates of selected items.

Apply Click on this button to apply the information gathered in the ac-
tive dialog box to the current drawing.

OK The OK button saves the information that you entered in a dialog

box and executes the command.

Cancel The Cancel button ends the command without saving the infor-
mation entered.

Browse Use the Browse button to look for a specific file that you want to
open/access.

Next The Next button displays information for the next line, node,
cross-section, etc. in the list.

1-6 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Previous The Previous button displays information for the previous line,
node, cross-section, etc. in the list.

Help The help button allows you to view the on-line help provided
with your Eagle Point software.

More If the dialog box contains a second page, a More button will be
on the dialog box. Click on the More button to see the second or
any additional pages.

Edit The Edit button allows you to edit existing information. This but-
ton usually launches another dialog box where the editing is done.

Modify The Modify button allows you to modify existing information.

This button usually launches another dialog box where the
changes are made.

Create The Create button allows you to create a new entity, format, defi-
nition, etc. This button usually launches another dialog box with
the necessary parameters for creating the desired entity, format,
definition, etc.

Delete Click on the Delete button to remove existing information. For

example, some dialog boxes contain a list of report formats. If an
existing report format is no longer needed, clicking on the Delete
button will remove the format. Some Delete buttons will launch
a warning box, to give you the opportunity to cancel the delete
command.

Close The Close button closes the active dialog box. Usually all func-
tions in the dialog box have been completed and no data will be
lost. Be sure that you save any wanted data before closing out of
the dialog box.

Add The Add button allows you to add/insert new information.

Radio Buttons A radio button turns on or off an option that controls processing.
It may also affect the fields that display on a dialog box as well
as the fields that are active on the dialog box. A radio button that
is turned on has a dark solid center. If the radio button is turned
off, the center is not filled in.

Toggle Boxes A toggle turns on or off an option that controls processing. It

may also affect the fields that display on a dialog box as well as
the fields that are active on the dialog box. A toggle button that is
turned on has an “X” in the box.

Introduction 1-7
Eagle Point Software

Terminology

The following terms are used within all Eagle Point manuals. A definition is pro-
vided for each term.

Click If you are to select an item with your mouse or digitizer, the
documentation will indicate that you are to “click” on the field,
icon, button or menu item. To click on a field, press on the pri-
mary mouse button and release the button in one quick step.

Double Click If you are to double click on a field, you should press the primary
mouse button twice very quickly.

Select Select means that you need to highlight the field or word on the
menu and click on it.

Type If you are to enter data into a field on the dialog box or on the
command line, you will be instructed to type a value into a field.

Keys Whenever you are instructed to press a key on your keyboard,

the manual will specify the exact key that you need to press. For
example, press the Enter key

Protected Field You cannot enter information into a protected field. On a dialog
box, a protected field displays as a “grayed out field.”

User-Defined Means that the parameter, option, value, etc. is determined by

you, the user.

On-line Help

Eagle Point provides on-line help to assist you when using the software. The on-line
help provided with the COGO module compliments the on-line help within Auto-
CAD. Access on-line help from any dialog box with a Help button. To see the infor-
mation available for the dialog box, simply click on the Help button. Additional
information about the On-line Help feature is available in the Eagle Point Installa-
tion manual. Use the Help command found in the COGO File menu.

Technical Support

At times, you may need help in solving a problem. If you do, Eagle Point is there to
help you. First, check the on-line help index to gain further information on a com-
mand and its functionality. Second, consult the documentation to see if it has the an-

1-8 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

swer to your question. Technical Support is offered to you free of charge for 30 days
after the date of purchase of this module. Support contracts are available at an addi-
tional charge through your Account Executive, or Eagle Point will bill you directly
for the support time incurred. If you need assistance, call Technical Support for the
Civil Engineering and Surveying division:

(800) 477-0909
(319) 556-8392 (outside the United States)
8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M. Central Time

or FAX questions to Eagle Point Technical Support at:

(319) 556-5321 (24 hours a day)

To make the support process more efficient, please provide us with your
name, your company’s name, telephone number and extension.

Be sure to have the following information ready for the Support Engineer:
• Version of Eagle Point Software
• Type of computer (486DX, Pentium)
• Computer speed (66, 120 MHz, etc.)
• Brand of computer (IBM, Dell, Compaq, Gateway, etc.)
• Type of video card (ATI, Diamond, Panacea, etc.)
• RAM (16, 32, 64 MB)
• Operating system (Windows 95, DOS, UNIX, Windows NT)
• A printout of your CONFIG.SYS and AUTOEXEC.BAT files
• AutoCAD Version
• Pointing device (mouse or digitizer) and brand
• Brand of data collector
• Free hard disk space
• Miscellaneous boards that are installed (FAX/modem card, CD ROM, etc.)
• Background information about your question or problem

You will have to provide information from your computer system. There-
fore, call from a telephone that is near your computer.

On occasion, we may ask you to make copies of the data files for your project and
send them to us. Send data to:

Introduction 1-9
Eagle Point Software

Technical Support
Eagle Point Software
Civil Engineering & Surveying Division
4131 Westmark Drive
Dubuque, IA 52002-2627

Be sure to include a note detailing the nature of your problem and the name
of the person that asked you to send the information and your telephone
number, including the area code and extension.

For faster transfer of files to Technical Support, Eagle Point Software has a bulletin
board system (the Oasis) which is accessible to transfer files or messages 24 hours a
day. The Oasis can be accessed by dialing (319) 583-4109.

Upon your first call to the Oasis, you will be prompted to establish an account which
will include company information and a password. Communication parameters are
as follows:
• Xmodem, Ymodem and Zmodem protocols supported up to 14,400 bbs
• Data bits = 8
• Stop bit = 1
• Parity = none

Be sure to speak to a technical representative before sending any files over

the Oasis to assure that they are received. Also include a message that states
the name of the person that asked you to send the information and your
telephone number, including the area code and extension.

1-10 COGO
 2.0 COGO Interface/Settings
Like the rest of the Advantage Series, Eagle Point designed the COGO module to
conform to the standards established by the AutoCAD program. If you are familiar
with AutoCAD, you should not have much trouble getting to know COGO. The
COGO module also adheres to Advantage Series conventions which the Installation
manual discusses in greater detail.

There are some user interface issues that are specific to COGO, yet are not specific to
any one COGO command. This chapter covers these topics.

Node Selection Options

See the External Node Database appendix in the Installation manual for
information about the options available when using the External Node
Database.

Node Selection allows you to define whether COGO operates on a single node, or a
group of nodes. The following options are applicable whenever you are prompted:

Select Nodes:

Any objects that are not nodes are filtered out.

Add: By default, COGO will be set to have nodes added. The Add option allows you to
return to the Add mode. Type a and press the Enter key to return to the Add mode.

R: Use this option to remove nodes from a selection set. Type r and press the Enter
key at the command prompt, the command prompt displays:

REMOVE mode
Select nodes:

You may use any of the node selection options listed in any combination
until all the desired nodes are selected.

Select the nodes you want to add or remove by using one of the following options:

Single: Select this option to include a single node in a selection set. For example, if
only node number 14 is to be included in the selection set, type 14.

COGO Interface/Settings 2-1

Eagle Point Software

Range: To select all nodes within a specific node number range. Enter the first node
number, a dash (-) and the last node number. COGO operates on all nodes, inclu-
sively, within the range. Example, to select nodes 10 through 20, type 10-20 and
press the Enter key.

All: Type all and press the Enter key to select all the nodes in the drawing, even
the nodes on frozen and/or turned off layers.

Description Like: Select this option to group nodes into the selection set based on
the description. For example, if you want to group all nodes with the description
TREE or TREES, type DESC=TREE*. You can use wild cards (*) to define the de-
scription. For example, if you want to group nodes with the description TREE PINE,
TREE OAK, and TREE FIR, type DESC=TREE*.

Description Exact: Select this option to group nodes into the selection set based on
the description. The description entered must match exactly in order for the system
to include the nodes in the selection set. For example, if you want to group all nodes
with the description OAKTREE, type DESC=OAKTREE. You may not use wildcards
with this option.

Proximity (prox): Select this option to group nodes based on the radial distance
from a point or node. At the prompt, type prox, press the Enter key. Select a base
point or type a valid node number and press the Enter key, then input the distance.
For example, if you want to group nodes within a radial distance of 2.5 from the end
of an alignment, type prox, press the Enter key, graphically select the alignment
end. The command prompt displays:

Proximity:

Type 2.5 and press the Enter key.

Symbol: Select this option to include nodes whose symbol match the selected sym-
bol. Type BLOCK=TREE and press the Enter key to select all nodes with the symbol
TREE.

Any of the above methods will select nodes whether they are on a frozen
layer or not. The graphical methods will only select nodes that are visible in
the drawing.

Graphical Node Selection Methods

You may graphically select nodes in the drawing that are not on the frozen layers.
By moving the cross hairs to a node and clicking on a node you will select that node.
If you do not have the cross hair on a node that point will then be used as the first
point in creating a window or crossing selection box. A Window selection box is cre-
ated by selecting the second corner of the box to the right of the first. A crossing se-
lection box is created by selecting the second point to the left of the first. You may

2-2 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

also use the options below by typing the bold letter(s) shown for each at the select
nodes prompt and pressing the Enter key.

W: The Window option selects all objects completely within a rectangular area or
window.

C: The Crossing option, similar to the Window option, selects all objects within or
crossing the boundary. Crossing displays a dashed box to differentiate it from a Win-
dow selection box.

F: The Fence option allows you to select objects crossing a selection polygon with-
out closing the last vector of the selection polygon. This allows you to select a long
row of objects by drawing a selection fence line through them. The selection fence
only selects objects it intersects or crosses and it can intersect itself.

L: The Last option will select the most recently created object currently visible.

P: The Previous option will reselect the previous selection set of nodes that were
used or created in the previous step.

CP: Use this option to select objects inside or crossing a selection polygon, which is
formed when you define points either graphically or numerically. The polygon can
not have any crossing lines.

WP: Use this option to select objects within a polygon. You define the selection
area by picking points around the objects you want to select, which forms the poly-
gon. You can not have the polygon cross itself.

For additional information about these parameters, see the AutoCAD

User’s Guide.

Some COGO commands prompt for points and objects.

Point Selection

When a COGO command prompts you for a point you may graphically select a point
or node or type a node number or coordinates in a X,Y or X,Y,Z format. Press the
Enter key after each entry at the command prompt.

Examples

• Picked point graphically

• Typed 350 where 350 is a valid node in the drawing

COGO Interface/Settings 2-3

Eagle Point Software

• Typed 5000,5000
• Typed 5000,5000,5000

Entity Selection

Any time the command prompt displays:

Select Objects:

Graphically select lines, arcs or polylines. When you are using a command that
needs a start point of a line, COGO will check if that entity has been defined as an
alignment. If it has, the start of the alignment will be used. If the defined entity has
not been defined as a alignment, the entity end point closest to the selection point
will be used as the start of the line.

Command Line Prompts

Many of the COGO commands are command-line driven. To exit the command at
any time, press the Control (Ctrl) and C keys simultaneously for AutoCAD 12, the
Esc key for AutoCAD 13. You may also press the Enter key when the command
prompt displays and is expecting input. For example,when the command prompt dis-
plays, First point:, press the Enter key and the command is canceled.

Direction Types

Any time COGO requests direction or angular information, the COGO directional
prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint>:

Directional prompts for Traverse Alignment, Traverse Lot and Traverse

Topo are located with each respective command.

There are five options for input.

1. ABsolute: This option allows you to input a bearing or an azimuth. Type ab and
press the Enter key to select this direction option. The command prompt displays:

Enter bearing or azimuth:

2-4 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

A. Bearings: Quadrant Entry

To enter a bearing, precede the angle with an alpha prefix to specify the quad-
rant. You may also input an asterisk (*) before the number specifying the
quadrant to get the same angle. A third method exists if you are imputing an-
gles in a command other than the COGO Traverse commands (for example,
Draw Polar Lines). This involves placing just the quadrant number in front of
the angle turned.

Quadrants: NE=1, SE=2, SW=3, NW=4.

Examples

North 72° 34′ East can be entered NE72.34, *172.34 or 172.34.

South 55° 27′ 20″East can be entered SE55.2720, *255.2720 or
255.2720.
South 5° 59′ 26″ West can be entered SW5.926, *305.5926 or 305.5926.
North 20° 05′ 36″ West can be entered NW20.0536, *420.0536 or 420.0536.

All quadrant entries have an angular range of 0-90 degrees.

You may input angles as decimal degrees (DDD.DDDD) or degrees, min-

utes, seconds (DDD.MMSS) depending on the Units setting in the Project
Settings.

B. Azimuths: Azimuth Entry:

To enter an azimuth, precede the angle with an alpha prefix to specify North
or South Azimuth. You may also input an asterisk (*) with the number for the
azimuth.

Azimuths: NA=5, SA=6.

Example

North Azimuth 77° 25′ can be entered NA77.25 or *577.25

South Azimuth 356° 23′ 15″ can be entered SA356.2315 or *6356.2315

All azimuths have a degree range of 0-360 degrees.

2. AUtocad: This option allows you to input angles in the current AutoCAD format.
Type au and press the Enter key to select this option. The command prompt displays:

Enter AutoCAD angle:

COGO Interface/Settings 2-5

Eagle Point Software

Type in the angle desired and press the Enter key. For more information, see the
AutoCAD 12 Reference Manual or the AutoCAD 13 User’s Guide.

3. Backsight: This option allows you to set the backsight for the point. Type b and
press the Enter key to select this direction option. The command prompt displays:

new backsight Point/new backsight Direction/<Enter angle/de-

flection>:

The default backsight direction is due East (N 90° E). To input an Angle Right or
Left or a Deflection Angle, precede the angle with an alpha prefix designating the
angle type. You may also enter an asterisk (*) and a number specifying the angle
type to get the same results.

Angles: AL=7, AR=8, DL=9, DR=0.

Example

Angle Left=45° 15′ can be entered AL45.15 or *745.15.

Deflection Right=5° 56′ can be entered DR5.56 or *05.56.

The angle range for all angle type is 0-360 degrees.

A. new backsight Point: To input a backsight based off of a point or coordinate,

type p and press the Enter key. The command prompt displays:

new backsight Point:

Graphically select a point or node, type in the node number and press the En-
ter key, or enter the X, Y or X, Y, Z coordinates of a point and press the En-
ter key. The command prompt displays

new backsight Point/new backsight Direction/<Enter angle/deflec-

tion>:

You may now enter the angle type and angle.

B. new backsight Direction: To input a backsight based off of a bearing or azi-

muth, type d and press the Enter key. The command prompt displays:

Enter bearing or azimuth:

Enter a bearing or azimuth using the convention explained above and press the
Enter key to continue. The command prompt displays:

new backsight Point/new backsight Direction/<Enter angle/de-

flection>:

2-6 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

You may now enter the angle type and angle.

4. Fpsp: This option allows you to pick two points to establish the direction of the
line. “Fpsp” stands for first point, second point. Type f and press the Enter key
to select this direction option. The command prompt displays:

first direction point:

Graphically select a point or node , type in the node number and press the Enter
key, or enter the X, Y or X, Y, Z coordinates of a point and press the Enter key.
The command prompt displays:

second direction point:

Either graphically select a node or point, enter a node number, or type coordi-
nates of the second direction point and press the Enter key.

5. direction POint: This is the initial default for selecting a new direction. Graphi-
cally select a point or node, type in a node number and press the Enter key, or en-
ter the X, Y or X, Y, Z coordinates of a point and press the Enter key.

Distance Types

Anytime COGO works with distances or offsets, the command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<(Type of) Distances>:

Node #:: Type n and press the Enter key to define the distance by entering a nodes
number, point x,y coordinates or select a node or point graphically. The command
prompt displays

Select point:

This option determines the distance from the last selected point or node to the node
or point input at the prompt. A rubber band will be shown from the last point. For ex-
ample, if the distance from the last selected point to the input point is 50 units,
COGO will use a distance of 50 units.

two Points: Type p and press the Enter key to define the distance by entering two
points. COGO will determine the distance between the two points that you specify.
The following prompts are displayed:

First point:

When the first point is entered, a rubber band will show, and the command prompt
displays:

COGO Interface/Settings 2-7

Eagle Point Software

Second Point:

You may enter node numbers or point coordinates, or graphically select nodes or
points.

Distance: At the initial prompt, input the desired numerical value to use. For exam-
ple, to use a distance of 28.75 units, type 28.75 and press the Enter key. The dis-
tance portion of the prompt may read offset distance, radius distance, horizontal
distance, slope distance or tangent distance depending on the command.

Some commands allow for negative (-) distance entries.

Set Active Field Code

The Set Active Field Code sets the active field code for the Nodes (Symbols) library
without going to that dialog box. It is a command line interface that allows you to
type in the name of the field code. For example, with our default nodes symbols li-
brary, typing 70 will set the active symbol to a plus with its associated node attribute
style. This dictates the default node symbol and associated attributes that will be dis-
played. For a more detailed description see Set Active Field Code, page 9-5.

Set Node Input Options

Use the Node Input Options to set how the node number, elevation, field code and
description are to be input for the nodes being placed into the plan drawing. You
may set COGO to prompt you for these or use the defaults entered. It can be ac-
cessed from the Settings menu or various COGO commands as an option. When you
select Node Input Options, the Node Input Options dialog box displays. For a more
detailed description see Set Node Input Options, page 9-6.

Print

The Print button in a dialog box will send the displayed data to the printer location
defined by the Configure Printer option in the EP menu. For some commands the
Print format dialog box (Figure 2-1) displays as a sub-dialog box after clicking on
the Print button in a dialog box. This dialog box allows you to select the data field to
print, the data field length and the desired header to appear in the printouts. The com-
mands that have the Print format button are:
• List Nodes
• List Duplicate Nodes
• Calculate Station Offset

2-8 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

• Stakeout Nodes
• Stakeout Boundary
• Stakeout Alignment
• Print Lot Report (Summary and Mapcheck)

Figure 2-1 is the List Nodes Print Format dialog box. All print format dialog boxes
are set up similar to each other. Click on the OK button to send the printout. Click on
the Cancel button to close the dialog box without printing. The printed columns are
set in by the Configure Printer command found in the main EP menu.

REPORTS → LIST NODES → PRINT FORMAT

Figure 2-1 List Nodes Print Format Dialog Box

Station Equations

The Station Equation dialog box (Figure 2-2 on page 2-10) leads you to the New Sta-
tion Equation (Figure 2-3 on page 2-10), Modify Station Equation (Figure 2-5 on
page 2-11) and Delete Station Equation (Figure 2-4 on page 2-11) dialog boxes. This
allows you to set specific station back and station ahead equations.

The option to use station equations appears in all of the following commands:
• Solve Node Station/Offset
• Intersect Direction-Station
• Calculate Station/Offset

COGO Interface/Settings 2-9

Eagle Point Software

• Inverse Alignment
• Stakeout Alignment
• Convert Object → Alignment
• Traverse Alignment
• Offset Alignment
• And various drafting commands that work with alignments

Figure 2-2 Station Equations Dialog Box

Any existing station equations for the alignment are listed in the Station Equations
dialog box. Station equations are added to this dialog box by clicking on the New
button.

Figure 2-3 New Station Equation Dialog Box

Input the desired station back and station ahead for the station equation. Click on the
Apply button to add the new station equation to the Station Equations dialog box.
Click on the Close button after you have applied all of the equations you want to.

2-10 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure 2-4 Modify Station Equation Dialog Box

Figure 2-5 Alert Dialog Box

Alignment Selection

Any time COGO is to work off of an alignment the command prompt displays:

Roadcalc/Watersurface/<Select Alignment>:

Roadcalc: Type r and press the Enter key to display the RoadCalc Alignment dia-
log box (Figure 2-6). A listing of all RoadCalc sub-projects, their descriptions, and
all of the alignment names for the selected sub-project displays. Highlight the sub-
project by clicking on it and then highlight the alignment by clicking on that. Click
on the OK button to accept the highlighted choice. Clicking on the Cancel button
will return to the initial prompt without selecting an alignment.

GEOMETRY → CALCULATE STATION/OFFSET → ROADCALC

COGO Interface/Settings 2-11

Eagle Point Software

Figure 2-6 RoadCalc Alignment Dialog Box

Water Surface Profiling: Type w and press the Enter key to display the Water Sur-
face Profiling dialog box (Figure 2-7). A listing of all Water Surface Profiling sub-
projects with their descriptions, all the stream alignment names and all cross-sections
for that alignment displays. Highlight a sub-project by clicking on it and then high-
light the alignment name by clicking on it.

If the cross-section toggle is set to on, the cross-section will be the alignment for bas-
ing the station offset annotation. If the toggle is set to Off, the cross-section box is
protected and the stream alignment is used for the alignment to base the station off-
set. Click on the OK button to accept the highlighted choice.

GEOMETRY → CALCULATE STATION/OFFSET → WATER SURFACE PROFILING

Figure 2-7 Water Surface Profiling Dialog Box

Select Alignment: Graphically select a line, an arc, a 2-D polyline or 3-D polyline.
COGO checks if it is a defined alignment. If it is, the command proceeds normally.

If the object selected is not a defined alignment, the command prompt displays:

Beginning station <0.00>:

2-12 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Type the beginning station of the alignment. COGO assigns the beginning station to
the closest endpoint of the selected alignment entity.

The command prompt displays:

Station Equations (Yes/<No>):

If you decide not to use station equations, press the Enter key. COGO turns the se-
lected entity into a COGO alignment and the alignment is used for the command.

If you type y at the command prompt and press the Enter key, the Station Equation
dialog box displays.

Batch Control

The Batch Control dialog box (Figure 2-8) gives you the options of creating a new
batch file, modifying the description or producing a copy. It also contains the toggle
to turn record on or off.

Creating a Batch File

To record data to a batch file complete the following steps.

1. From the command prompt:

Style/Node input option/Batch/<Batch=OFF>:

Type b and press the Enter key. The Batch Control dialog box (Figure 2-8) dis-
plays.

2. Type the description for the data that will be recorded.

3. Click on the New button. The file is created and written to the batch list.

4. Toggle the Record option on.

5. Click on the OK button and continue with the current command.

Batch recording is on until turned off by the Batch Option.

COGO Interface/Settings 2-13

Eagle Point Software

Figure 2-8 Batch Control Dialog Box

2-14 COGO
 3.0 File
The File menu contains the Batch Manager, as well as access to the On-line help
files. The Batch Manager stores batch files of various commands that are recorded
while in COGO. These files can be edited and played back, brought into Survey Ad-
justment or used to keep macros of frequently used geometry patterns.

Figure 3-1 File Menu

Batch Manager

COGO provides users with the capability of recording node entry through the use of
a batch recorder which then creates a file that can be edited through the Batch Man-
ager. These files may contain Station and Offset placement, Solving for 2 or 3 Point
Resectioning, Placing Nodes or entering Traverse commands.

These files can be edited using the Eagle Point editor and then replayed back into the
drawing in their updated form. If the file is a traverse, the angles and distances can
be taken directly into Survey Adjustment and adjusted using the various methods of
adjustment. Some commands may be frequently used in sequence and can also be
stored and played back using the batch process. Finally, the Batch Manager may
serve to store files as a backup to data that exists in the drawing.

When you select Batch Manager from the File menu, the Batch Manager dialog box
displays (Figure 3-2).

FILE → BATCH MANAGER

Key-in Command: batchmanager Sidebar Menu Option: BATCHMGR

File 3-1
Eagle Point Software

Figure 3-2 Batch Manager Dialog Box

# The values in this column list the number assigned to the batch.

Description This column lists the description assigned to the batch.

Edited This column indicates whether or not the batch has been edited.

Linked This column indicates whether or not the batch is linked.

File Name This identifies the name of the file containing the highlighted
batch.

Size This indicates the size of the highlighted batch file.

Date/Time This identifies the date and time at which the highlighted batch
was created.

Files

Copy Click on the Copy button to display the Copy Batch File dialog
box (Figure 3-4 on page 3-5). This option will copy the currently
highlighted batch file to a new file. Use this option to make
changes or corrections to the batch file while still maintaining
the original unchanged. The copy will prompt for the new de-
scription for the duplicated batch file.

Delete The delete option will delete the currently highlighted batch file
from the hard drive and will renumber all remaining batch files.

3-2 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

No objects in AutoCAD will be affected by the deletion of the batch

file. The EP Alert dialog box (Figure 3-3) displays to allow you to
verify the information to be deleted or cancel the command.

Figure 3-3 EP Alert Dialog Box

Print The print option will print the currently highlighted batch file.

Edit The edit option will run the COGO Editor with the currently
highlighted batch file. For more information on using the COGO
editor see, COGO Editor, page A-1. If you change the batch file
the edited column in the main Batch Manager dialog box will
change to Yes showing that the file has been revised. You may
want to use the CM: data base in the editor to document your
changes to the batch file.

Objects

Unlink The Unlink objects option will remove the link between the cur-
rently highlighted batch file and the objects in AutoCAD. No ob-
jects will be deleted or changed graphically. When a batch file is
unlinked from the objects in AutoCAD the word No will display
in the linked column in the batch file listing. Because these ob-
jects have been unlinked from the batch file, the Erase Objects
and Playback commands will have no affect on the existing ob-
ject in AutoCAD. This option can be used to create MACROS of
commands to be used in different locations or different projects.

Erase Objects This command will erase any objects in AutoCAD that are linked to
the currently highlighted batch file. The batch file will not be de-
leted. The objects can be reconstructed in there original form by us-
ing the Playback command also found in the Batch Manager.

If the object was modified graphically those changes would be lost because
of the modification not being stored in a batch file.

Show Only This command will redraw the screen with only the selected
batch file objects displaying. This command can be used before

File 3-3
Eagle Point Software

the Unlink, Erase and Playback commands so you can verify the
objects that will be affected by the use of these prior commands.

Once you have selected Show Only COGO will redo the screen
displaying only the linked objects to the currently highlighted
batch file. The command line will then read
Press Return or Space Bar to continue.
Once the Enter key or the Space Bar is pressed the Batch Man-
ager dialog box will redisplay. This command doesn’t affect
AutoCAD data. To return the screen to its prior state of display-
ing all visible objects type “redraw” at the command prompt.

Select Objects The Select Objects command will select all objects that are
linked to the currently highlighted batch file and redisplays the
Batch Manager dialog box. To use this selection, close the Batch
Manager dialog box and then at any prompt that asks ”Select Ob-
jects:,” type “p” for previous. This command could be used to se-
lect all objects in the batch file to change them to the color of red.

Controls

Auto Erase ON When Playback is picked COGO will not erase any linked data
and will playback the batch file from the drawing prior to play-
ing the batch file back. You can use the Show Only command
found under Object in the Batch Manager to show the objects
that will be affected by the Playback command when Auto Erase
is on.

Auto Erase OFF When Playback is picked COGO will not erase any linked data,
and will playback the batch file. This may produce duplicate data
in the drawing and will playback the batch file. This may pro-
duce duplicate data in the drawing and if Place Nodes is toggled
on in the Linked column is set to off, the Manage fields are pro-
tected.

Playback The Playback command is the main command for batch process-
ing. It is the command that processes all sorted batch file data
and reconstructs the AutoCAD drawing using the new values.
See Unlink and Erase Objects on page 3-3 for the effect that
these options have on the Playback command.

Copy

Click on the Copy button to display the Copy Batch File dialog box (Figure 3-4).
This option will copy the currently highlighted batch file to a new file. Use this op-
tion to make changes or corrections to the batch file while still maintaining the origi-

3-4 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

nal unchanged. The copy will prompt for the new description for the duplicated
batch file.

FILE → BATCH MANAGER → COPY

Figure 3-4 Copy Batch File Dialog Box

Original

Description This identifies the description assigned to the selected batch to be

copied.

File Name This identifies the name of the file containing the selected batch
to be copied.

New

Description Type the description of the new file to which the selected batch
is being copied.

File Name This identifies the name of the file that will be assigned to the
new batch.

Copying a Batch File

To copy a batch file, complete the following steps:

1. Select Batch Manager from the File menu. The Batch Manager dialog box (Fig-
ure 3-2) displays.

2. Highlight the batch file that you want to copy and click on the Copy button. The
Copy Batch File dialog box (Figure 3-4) displays.

File 3-5
Eagle Point Software

3. Type the description of the new batch file in the Description field and click on the
OK button. The Copy Batch File dialog box closes and the new batch is listed in
the Batch Manager dialog box.

3-6 COGO
 4.0 Nodes
The Nodes menu contains many commands that allow you to solve for and place
nodes into AutoCAD and give you the option to edit existing nodes.

Figure 4-1 Nodes Menu

Place Nodes

The Place Nodes command allows you to place nodes at graphically selected loca-
tions in the drawing or by entering coordinates as X, Y or X, Y, Z.

NODES → PLACE NODES

Key-in Command: placenod Sidebar Menu Option: Plc Nd

Placing Nodes

To place nodes, complete the following steps:

1. Select Place Nodes from the Nodes menu.

Nodes 4-1
Eagle Point Software

2. The command prompt displays:

Style/node input options/Batch/<Batch= OFF >:

At this point you may change any of these settings options or press the Enter key
to continue.

A. Style: Type s and press the Enter key. Use this option to set the active field
code which controls the position of the attributes relative to the node, the pre-
cision of the attributes, the node symbol and the layer assignments for the
node attributes. The Active Field Codes determine the attributes to be dis-
played. See Set Active Field Code on page 9-5 for more information.

If the Node Style used does not contain a description attribute, you will not
be prompted for a description regardless of the Set Node Input settings.

B. Node Input Options: Type n and press the Enter key. The Node Input Options
determines what COGO prompts you for. For more information on Node In-
put Options, see Set Node Input Options on page 9-6.

C. Batch Control: Type b and press the Enter key to use this command to record
the data you type. See Batch Manager on page 3-1 for more information.

3. After specifying any options and pressing the Enter key, the command prompt dis-
plays:

Select point for node #:

Graphically select a location for the node or enter the X, Y coordinates (For ex-
ample, 5000, 10000). Remember, the X coordinate is the Easting and the Y coor-
dinate is the Northing.

4. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and description
based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options. The
prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code <default>:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values for each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

4-2 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next available
node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway (this will result in having
duplicate nodes in the drawing) or type another new node number. If you
type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

5. The new node is then placed into the drawing and the process is repeated for the
next node. The command prompt displays:

Select point for node 153:

Continue to place nodes into the drawing. To exit from the command, press the
Control and C keys simultaneously for AutoCAD 12 or the Esc key for Auto-
CAD 13 at any time or just press the Enter key at the above command prompt.

Snap Nodes to Objects

The Snap Nodes to Objects command places nodes at the control points of selected
lines, arcs and polylines. Control points for objects are line endpoints, curve PI
points, curve endpoints, curve radius points and spiral endpoints. New nodes are
placed on the current layer using the current Node Style settings. Duplicate locations
are weeded out from the selected object field code locations of any nodes that exist
on active layers before nodes are placed. There are two methods available for this
command. The first method is to type snapnode at the command line or select Snap
Nodes to Object from the Nodes menu. This initiates a series of command line
prompts. The second method uses the key-in command ddsnapnode which displays
the Snap Nodes dialog box (Figure 4-2). Both are outlined below.

NODES → SNAP NODES TO OBJECTS

Key-in Command: snapnode Sidebar Menu Option: Snp Nto

Nodes 4-3
Eagle Point Software

Figure 4-2 Snap Nodes Dialog Box

Point Types Toggle any of the point types on or off. If the point type is toggled
off the description is grayed out. The available point types are:

Line endpoints Curve end points

Curve radius points Spiral end points

Weeding Toggle this on if you do not want to create duplicate node loca-
Duplicates tions.

Elevations Set the elevations type to absolute or inherit.

Absolute: If you choose this elevation type, type the elevation of

all nodes to be placed in the edit box to the right.

Inherit: If the elevation type is inherit the nodes elevations are

derived from the control points of the selected objects.

Snapping Nodes Method 1

1. Type snapnode at the command line. The command prompt displays:

Default Values for Snap Nodes:

Line endpoints =ON
Curve endpoints = ON
Curve PI points =ON
Curve radius points = ON

4-4 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Spiral endpoints = ON
Description for line endpoints = PI
Description for curve PI point = PI
Description for curve start point = PC
Description for curve end point = PT
Description for compound curve point= PCC
Description for reversed curve point= PRC
Description for curve radius point = RP
Description for tangent to spiral point = TS
Description for spiral to tangent point = ST
Description for curve to spiral point = CS
Description for spiral to curve point = SC
Description for spiral to spiral point = PSS
Elevations = <elevation default>
Weed Duplicates = ON:
Node tolerance =0.0001
Add mode/Points/Desc/Elev/Tol/<Select objects>:

The first twenty-one prompt lines displaying the current settings are only
shown at the first iteration of the Snap Nodes command.

2. At the prompt, select lines, arcs or polylines to place nodes on. You may type all
and press the Enter key to select all of the entities. If an entity is to be removed from
those selected, type r and press the Enter key. The command prompt displays:

Remove mode/Points/Desc/Elev/Tol/<Select objects>:

Select the entities to remove from those selected. To return to Add mode, type a
and press the Enter key or just press the Enter key. Once the desired entities are
selected, press the Enter key. Nodes will be placed at the locations specified.

A. Points: Type p and press the Enter key to set the control point type settings.

Line endpoints ON/OFF <default>:

Curve endpoints ON/OFF <default>:
Curve radius points ON/OFF <default>:
Curve PI points ON/OFF <default>:
Spiral endpoints ON/OFF <default>:

If all of the control point types are turned off, the prompt displays:

All control point types have been disabled. You must en-
ter at least one control point type.

COGO repeats the process until at least one control point type is turned on
or the command is canceled.

Nodes 4-5
Eagle Point Software

B. Description: Type d and press the Enter key to reset the descriptions for the
control point types. The command prompt displays:

Description for line endpoints, or . for none <default>:

Description for curve start point, or . for none <default>:
Description for curve end point, or . for none <default>:
Description for curve PI, or . for none <default>:
Description for compound curve point, or . for none <default>:
Description for reversed curve point, or . for none <default>:
Description for curve radius point, or . for none <default>:
Description for tangent to spiral point, or . for none <default>:
Description for spiral to tangent point, or . for none <default>:
Description for curve to spiral point, or . for none <default>:
Description for spiral to curve point, or . for none <default>:
Description for spiral to spiral point, or . for none <default>:

C. Elevation: Type e and press the Enter key to reset the elevation of the nodes
to be placed. The command prompt displays:

Inherit elevation from objects ON/OFF <OFF>:

Type on and press the Enter key to enable. Type off and press the Enter
key to disable. If the inherit elevations is off, the command prompt displays:

Absolute elevation <default>:

Type the default elevation for the nodes being placed.

D. Tolerance: Type t and press the Enter key to reset the duplicate node toler-
ance value. The command prompt displays:

Duplicate node tolerance, 0 to disable <default>:

The default value is equal to the current XY precision setting.

COGO counts the number of new nodes to be placed, eliminating any

duplicate locations. Two locations are duplicated if the horizontal distance
between them is less than the Tolerance setting. The weeding process
eliminates any locations duplicated by connected or concentric objects in
the selection set, and also eliminates any locations currently occupied by
existing nodes on active layers. Locations are weeded out according to the
following point type precedence, highest to lowest:

Spiral end points

Curve end points
Curve radius points
Line endpoints

4-6 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

3. If the current field code includes a description attribute, the description for each
node is determined by the control point type from which it was derived. If the de-
scription setting for a point type is null, then no description attribute is created for
nodes snapped to that point type.

4. The command prompt displays:

Add mode/Points/Desc/Elev/Tol/<Select objects>:

Select other entities or end the command by pressing the Enter key.

Snapping Nodes Method 2

1. Type ddsnapnode at the command line and press the Enter key. The Snap
Nodes dialog box (Figure 4-2 on page 4-4) displays.

2. After clicking on the OK button in the Snap Nodes dialog box, the command
prompt displays:

Add mode/Points/Desc/Elev/Tol/<Select objects>:

The command now follows the same steps as previously explained in Method 1.

Enter Node Coordinates

The Enter Node Coordinates command creates nodes after you type the northing and
easting coordinates at the command prompt.

NODES → ENTER NODE COORDINATES

Key-in Command: entercrd Sidebar Menu Option: N Cord

Entering Node Coordinates

To enter node coordinates, complete the following steps:

1. Select Enter Node Coordinates from the Nodes menu.

2. The command line prompts:

Style/node input options/Batch/<Batch=off>:

You may change any of the setting options. The setting options can be changed
when COGO displays the first prompt.

Nodes 4-7
Eagle Point Software

Depending on what the default is set to, the end of the above prompt will
display:

<Batch=off> or <Batch=on>

A. Style: Type s and press the Enter key. Use this option to set the active field
code, the position of the attributes relative to the node, the precision of the at-
tributes, the node symbol and the layer assignments for the node attributes.
The active field codes determine the attributes to be displayed. See Set Active
Field Code on page 9-5 for more information.

If the Node Style used does not contain a description attribute, you will not
be prompted for a description regardless of the Set Node Input settings.

B. Node Input Options: Type n and press the Enter key. The Node Input Options
determines what COGO prompts you for. For more information on Node In-
put options, see Set Node Input Options on page 9-6.

C. Batch Control: Type b and press the Enter key to use this command to record
the data you type. See Batch Manager on page 3-1 for more information.

3. After specifying any options, press the Enter key.

4. The command prompt displays:

Northing <default value>:

Type the Northing value. The Northing value will become the default for follow-
ing nodes.

5. The command prompt displays:

Easting <default value>:

Type the Easting value. The Easting value will become the default for following nodes.

6. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and description
based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options. The
prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

4-8 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next available
node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

7. The new node is inserted into the drawing and the cycle repeats with the node number
incremented by one. If you are done typing in nodes by coordinates, press the Control
and C keys simultaneously for AutoCAD 12 or the Esc key for AutoCAD 13.

Solve Node by Station/Offset

The Solve Node by Station/Offset command creates a node based on a station and
offset relative to an alignment.

NODES → SOLVE NODE BY STATION/OFFSET

Key-in Command: nodesta Sidebar Menu Option: N S/O

Solving Node by Station/Offset

To solve a node by station/offset, complete the following steps:

1. Select Solve Node by Station/Offset from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Style/node input options/Batch/<Batch = Off>:

You may type the node number or change any of the setting options.

A. Style: Type s and press the Enter key. Use this option to set the active field
code, the position of the attributes relative to the node, the precision of the at-
tributes, the node symbol and the layer assignments for the node attributes.
The Active Field Codes determine the attributes to be displayed. See Set Ac-
tive Field Code on page 9-5 for more information.

Nodes 4-9
Eagle Point Software

If the Node Style used does not contain a description attribute, you will not
be prompted for a description regardless of the Set Node Input settings.

B. Node Input Options: Type n and press the Enter key. The Node Input options
determine what COGO prompts you for. For more information on Node Input
options, see Set Node Input Options on page 9-6.

C. Batch Control: Type b and press the Enter key to use this command to record
the data you type. See Batch Manager on page 3-1 for more information.

3. After specifying any options, press the Enter key. The command prompt displays:

Roadcalc/Watersurface/<Select alignment>:

Select the alignment to use. See Alignment Selection on page 2-11 for more details.

4. The command prompt displays:

Enter station:

Type the station value to offset from.

If you type a station that does not lie along the alignment, COGO displays
the message:

Not on alignment.

Re-enter a station. COGO remains at this step until a valid station is typed.

If you type a station that occurs more than once along the alignment, COGO
displays:

Is station s+ss before or after equation #n (station equation)

(After/<Before>):

Press the Enter key to accept the current instance or type n to proceed to
the next instance. If the next instance is the final instance, typing n
automatically accepts the final instance. This step will repeat for multiple
station equations with the same station values.

5. The command prompt displays:

Offset <default>:

Type an offset. A positive offset is to the right, looking upstation, while a nega-
tive offset is to the left, looking upstation.

4-10 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

6. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and description
based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options. The
prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next available
node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

7. COGO places the node and repeats steps 4, 5 and 6. To end the command, press
the Control and C keys simultaneously for AutoCAD 12 or the Esc key for Auto-
CAD 13.

Solve Lost Point

The Solve Lost Point command locates an unknown point between two known
points based on recorded distances from these points to the lost point. The new node
location is along the line between the two nodes at a distance based on a single pro-
portionate measurement.

NODES → SOLVE LOST POINT

Key-in Command: lostpoint Sidebar Menu Option: Lost Pt

Solving a Lost Point

1. Select Solve Lost Point from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays.

Nodes 4-11
Eagle Point Software

Select Point Location, or enter Node number for Point 1:

Graphically select a point or type the node number.

3. The command prompt displays:

Select Point Location, or enter Node number for Point 2

Graphically select a point or type the node number and press the Enter key.

4. The command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Horizontal Distance from first point>:

Define the distance with any of the distance type options. See Distance Types on
page 2-7 for more information.

5. The command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Horizontal Distance from second point>:

Define the distance with any of the distance type options.

6. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and description
based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options. The
prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next avail-
able node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

4-12 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Solve 2 Point Resection

The Solve 2 Point Resection command locates an occupied station or point based off
of the observation of two other points.

NODES → SOLVE 2 POINT RESECTION

Key-in Command: 2pntres Sidebar Menu Option: 2PT Res

Solving a 2 Point Resection

To solve a two point resection, complete the following steps:

1. Select 2 Point Resection from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Style/Node input options/Batch/<Batch = OFF>:

You may type the node number or change any of the setting options.

A. Style: Type s and press the Enter key. Use this option to set the active field
code. See Set Active Field Code on page 9-5 for more information.

If the Node Style used does not contain a description attribute, you will not
be prompted for a description regardless of the Set Node Input settings.

B. Node Input Options: Type n and press the Enter key. The Node Input options
determines what COGO prompts you for. For more information on Node In-
put options, see Set Node Input Options on page 9-6.

C. Batch Control: Type b and press the Enter key to use this command to record
the data you type. See Batch Manager on page 3-1 for more information.

3. The command prompt displays:

First point sighted:

Graphically select a point or type the node number.

4. The command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/Slope/<Horizontal Distance to first point>:

Nodes 4-13
Eagle Point Software

A. Node #: Defines the distance by typing a node number. When you select this
command, COGO determines the distance from the selected object to the node
and uses this distance.

B. two Points: Defines the distance to be used by selecting two points. When
you select this command, if COGO determines that the distance between the
two points is 50 units, COGO will use 50 units for the distance.

C. Slope: Type s and press the Enter key to change the default setting to enable
entry of a slope distance. Enter a slope distance and see steps 4, 5 and 6 for the
remaining parameters to be used.

D. Horizontal Distance: Defines the horizontal distance by typing a value. For exam-
ple, to use 50 units, type 50 and press the Enter key. This is the initial default set-
ting.

If the current distance type is changed, that now becomes the default.

COGO only goes through steps 4, 5 and 6 if you are using a slope for
distance.

5. If you change to Slope distance, you need to input what the change in elevation is.
The initial default is absolute elevation. The command prompt displays:

Absolute elevation <0.00>:

The elevation change options include the following: g (Grade), he (Height), s

(Slope),z (Zenith), ho (Horizon), or n (Nadir).

A. (G) Grade: Type the percent grade of the distance.

B. (H) Height: Type the height between the axis of the instrument and the target,
which is sometimes referred to as the vertical distance. The height of instru-
ment (HI) and height of target (SH) are also needed.

C. (S) Slope: Type the slope as a horizontal-to-vertical ratio.

D. (Z) Zenith: Type the zenith angle, the angle formed from directly overhead
the axis of the instrument to the direction of the target. The height of instru-
ment (HI) and height of target (SH) are also needed.

E. (HO) Horiz: Type the horizon or vertical angle, sometimes referred to as the
vertical angle. The angle is formed from a horizontal line through the axis of
the instrument to the direction of the target. If the angle is above the horizon-
tal line, the angle is positive. If it is below the horizontal line, it is negative.
The height of instrument and the height of target are also needed.

4-14 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

F. (N) Nadir: Type the Nadir Angle, the clockwise angle formed from the direc-
tion of gravity through the axis of the instrument to the direction of the target.
The Zenith angle plus 180 degrees equals the Nadir angle. The height of in-
strument and the height of target are also needed.

If the vertical angle type is changed, it becomes the default

6. The command prompt displays:

Height of instrument <00.000>:

Press the Enter key to accept the default value or type the distance and press the En-
ter key.

7. The command prompt displays:

Height of target <00.000>:

press the Enter key to accept the default value or type the distance and press the En-
ter key.

8. The command prompt displays:

Second point sighted:

Graphically select a location, or type a valid point number or point coordinates

and press the Enter key.

9. The command prompt displays:

Angle between first point and second point <AR>:

Input the angle observed between the two points. The angle type can be changed
to angle left or angle right by typing in al or ar at the command line.

If nodes were selected for the first point or second point, the node number
will display in the prompt.

10. The command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/Slope/<horizontal Distance to second point>:

A. Node #: Defines the distance by typing a node number. When you select this
command, COGO determines the distance from the selected object to the node
and uses this distance. For example, if the distance from the selected entity to
the node number is 50 units, COGO uses 50 units.

Nodes 4-15
Eagle Point Software

B. two Points: Defines the distance to be used by selecting two points. When you
select this command, if COGO determines the distance between the two
points is 50 units, COGO will use 50 units for the distance.

C. Slope: Type s and press the Enter key to change the default setting to enable
entry of a slope distance. Enter a slope distance and see steps 4, 5 and 6 for the
remaining parameters to be used.

D. Horizontal Distance: Defines the horizontal distance by typing a value. For exam-
ple, to enter 50 units, type 50 and press the Enter key.

If the current distance type is changed, that now becomes the default.

11. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and descrip-
tion based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options.
The prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next
available node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

12. The new node is inserted and COGO increments the new node number. If any er-
rors were made in the calculation between angles or points, it is reported on the
command line. Press the F1 key if in DOS, F2 if in Windows, to view the re-
ported values comparing the input information to the calculated information.

Solve 3 Point Resection

The 3 Point Resection command will allow you to locate an occupied point based on
the observation of three other points.

4-16 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

NODES → SOLVE 3 POINT RESECTION

Key-in Command: 3pntres Sidebar Menu Option: 3Pt Res

Solving a 3 Point Resection

To solve a three point resection, complete the following steps:

1. Select 3 Point Resection from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Style/Node input options/Batch/<Batch = OFF>:

You may type the node number or change any of the setting options.

A. Style: Type s and press the Enter key. Use this option to set the active field
code. See Set Active Field Code on pate 9-5 for more information.

If the node style used does not contain a description attribute, you will not
be prompted for a description regardless of the Set Node Input settings.

B. Node Input Options: Type n and press the Enter key. The Node Input options
determines what COGO prompts you for. For more information on Node In-
put options, see Set Node Input Options on page 9-6.

C Batch Control: Type b and press the Enter key to use this command to record
the data you type. See Batch Manager on page 3-1 for more information.

3. You will be prompted for the three points sighted. Once the first point is input,
you will be prompted for the second. Once the second is input, you will be
prompted for the third. The command prompt displays consecutively:

First point sighted:

Second point sighted:
Third point sighted:

Graphically select a location or type a valid node number or point X,Y coordi-
nates and press the Enter key for each point.

4. Once the observed points are selected, the command prompt displays:

Angle between first point and second point <ARight>:

Input the angle observed between the two points and press the Enter key.

Nodes 4-17
Eagle Point Software

If nodes were selected for the first point or second point, the node number
will appear in the prompt.

The angle type can be changed to angle left or angle right by typing al or ar at
the command line or by choosing ALeft or ARight from the sidebar menu. If the
angle type is changed, it becomes the default.

5. The command prompt displays:

Angle between second point and third point <ARight>:

Input the angle observed between these two points and press the Enter key.

If nodes were selected for the second point or third point, the node number
will appear in the prompt.

The angle type can be changed to angle left or angle right by typing al or ar at
the command line. If the angle type is changed, it becomes the default.

6. When the three observed points and angles between them are input, a graphic dis-
play shows the two possible locations. The command prompt displays:

N/S/E/W/<Pick intersection>:

Either graphically pick nearest the intersection to use, type the corresponding let-
ter to determine the intersection to use and press the Enter key, or type a valid
node number that is closer to the intersection to use than the intersection to reject
and press the Enter key.

If the intersections have the same X or Y value so that the solution can not be de-
termined by north, south, east or west, the command prompt displays:

Both solutions have the same North (South, East, West) value...re-
select.

7. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and description
based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options. The
prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

4-18 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next available
node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

You may end the 3 Points Resection command by pressing the Control and
C keys simultaneously for AutoCAD 12, the Esc key for AutoCAD 13, or
the Enter key at any time with no input at steps 2, 3, or 4.

Solve Nodes Along Object

The Solve Nodes Along Object command allows you to solve nodes along arcs,
lines, polylines and curves. You may place nodes at specified distances along the se-
lected entity, at an equal interval that divides the entity into equal length segments or
at a constant input distance along the entire length of the entity.

NODES → SOLVE NODES ALONG OBJECT

Key-In Command: nodesalong Sidebar Menu Option: N Alng O

Solving Nodes Along an Object

To solve a node along an object, complete the following steps:

1. Select Solve Nodes Along Object from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Select Entity:

Graphically select line, arc or polyline. The endpoint nearest the selection point
of the entity will be used as the start point.

3. The command prompt displays:

Measure/Divide/Style/Node input options/<distance>:

Nodes 4-19
Eagle Point Software

A. Measure: Type m and press the Enter key. The command prompt displays:

Enter measure distance:

Type the measure distance. Nodes will be placed along the entity at the en-
tered distance for the length of the entity. This option will not place a node at
the start or end of the entity.

B. Divide: Type d and press the Enter key. The command prompt displays:

Enter number of segments:

Type the number of equal length segments that you want to divide the entity
into by placing nodes. This option places nodes at the start and end of the se-
lected entity as well as the intermediate points for the number of segments.

C. Style: Type s and press the Enter key to change the node styles.

D. Node Input Options: Type n and press the Enter key. The Node Input options
determines what COGO prompts you for. Set the options as desired. For more
information see Set Node Input Options on page 9-6.

E. Distance: Press the Enter key to accept the default value of entering dis-
tances. The command prompt displays:

Enter distances along object:

Type the distance that you want to place nodes along the entity and press the
Enter key. You can type in multiple distances such as 10,50,100,200.
Which places a node 10, 50, 100 and 200 feet/meters from the start point.

These distances are all measured from the start point which is the endpoint
of the entity closest to where you selected it. For example, an entry of 150,
150 results in two nodes being placed 150 units from the start point, Also,
you do not have to use smaller distances to larger. The entries affect the
order the nodes are placed. For example, an entry of 200, 50, 125 will place
the first node at 200 units from the start point, the second node at 50 units
from the start point and the third node at 125 units from the start point.

4. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and description
based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options. The
prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

4-20 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next
available node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

Traverse Topo

The Traverse Topo command allows you to enter survey information from a field
book at the command line to create nodes and polylines. Unlike the Traverse Align-
ment and Boundary commands, it provides for straight-line segments only, but al-
lows for the input of sideshot information and slope distances.

NODES → TRAVERSE TOPO

Key-in Command: travtopo Sidebar Menu Option: Trav Top

Traversing a Topo

To use the Traverse Topo command, complete the following steps:

1. Select Traverse Topo from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Style/Node input options/Batch/<Batch =OFF>:

A. Style: Type s and press the Enter key. Use this option to set the active field
code. See Set Active Field Code on page 9-5 for more information.

If the node style used does not contain a description attribute, you will not
be prompted for a description regardless of the Set Node Input settings.

Nodes 4-21
Eagle Point Software

B. Node Input Options: Type n and press the Enter key. The Node Input options
determines what COGO prompts you for. For more information on Node In-
put options, see Set Node Input Options on page 9-6.

C. Batch Control: Type b and press the Enter key to use this command to record
the data you type. See Batch Manager on page 3-1 for more information.

3. The command prompt displays:

In TRAVERSE mode.
Start point:

When a COGO command prompts you for a point, you may graphically select a
point or node. Type a node number or enter coordinates in a X,Y or X,Y,Z for-
mat. If you select a point where a node does not exist, the command prompt dis-
plays:

Locate node at start point? No/<Yes>:

Type n and press the Enter key to continue without placing a node. Type y and
press the Enter key to place a node at the start point. The command prompts for
the node number, elevation, field code and description based on the active field
code node attribute style and node input options. The prompts that are possible
will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the < > signs. To ac-
cept the default, press the Enter key. To change the value, type the proper value
and press Enter.

If the Toggle Draw Nodes option is off, or a node already exists at the selected lo-
cation, COGO bypasses this step.

4. The command prompt now displays the current mode with the COGO directional
prompt:

In Traverse mode.
ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint>:

Type ss to toggle between SIDESHOT mode and TRAVERSE mode or select

SS/Trav from the sidebar menu. SS is the key-in to switch the mode whether you
want to change to SIDESHOT or TRAVERSE mode.

4-22 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

In TRAVERSE mode, the occupied point advances to the foresight point

with each new entry. In SIDESHOT mode, the occupied point does not
move and retains the previous backsight.

5. There are five methods of input at the COGO directional prompt:

A. ABsolute: This option allows you to input a bearing or an azimuth. Type ab

and press the Enter key to select this direction option. The command prompt
displays:

AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/POint/<NE>[45° 00′ 00″]:

To enter a bearing, precede the angle with an alpha prefix to specify the quad-
rant. You may also input an asterisk * before the number specifying the quad-
rant to get the same angle. This involves placing just the quadrant number in
front of the angle turned.

Quadrants: NE=1, SE=2, SW=3, NW=4.

Examples

North East 72° 34′ can be entered NE72.34 or *172.34.

South East 55° 27′ 20″ can be entered SE55.2720 or *255.2720.
South West 5° 59′ 21″ can be entered SW5.5921 or *35.5921.
North West 20° 5′ 36″ can be entered NW20.0536 of*420.0536.

All quadrant entries have an angular range for 0-90 degrees.

You may input angles in decimal degrees (DDD.DDDD) or degrees, min-

utes, seconds (DDD.MMSS) depending on the Units setting under Edit
Project Settings.

To enter an azimuth, precede the angle with an alpha prefix to specify North
or South azimuth. You may also input an asterisk * with the number for the
azimuth.

Azimuths: NA=5, SA=6

Examples

North Azimuth 77° 25′ can be entered NA77.25 or *577.25.

South Azimuth 356° 23′15″ can be entered SA356.2315 or *6356.2315.

Nodes 4-23
Eagle Point Software

All azimuths have a degree range of 0-360 degrees.

B. AUtocad: This option allows you to input angles in the current AutoCAD for-
mat. Type au and press the Enter key to select this option. The command
prompt displays:

ABsolute/Backsight/Fpsp/POint/<AUtocad>:

Type in the angle desired and press the Enter key. For more information, re-
fer to the AutoCAD 12 Reference Manual or the AutoCAD 13 User’s Guide.

C. Backsight: This option allows you to set the backsight for the point. Type b
and press the Enter key to select this option. The command prompt displays:

Current Backsight Direction: N 90° 00′ 00″ E

AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/POint/ABsolute/<AR>[45° 00′ 00″]:

To change the backsight direction, type b and press the Enter key. The com-
mand prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Fpsp/<backsight Point>:

To input the backsight point graphically select a point, type a point or node
number and press the Enter key, or enter coordinates in an X, Y or X, Y, Z
format. To enter a backsight as a bearing or azimuth type ab and press the En-
ter key. The command prompt displays:

Resetting backsight direction.

Backsight <NA> [90° 00′ 00″]:

Follow the steps outlined above for entering bearings and azimuths.

Once the backsight direction is entered, the command prompt displays:

Current Backsight Direction: <new backsight>

AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/POint/ABsolute/<AR>[45° 00′ 00″]:

You may now input traverse or side shot angles based off of the backsight. To
input an Angle Right or Left or a Deflection Angle, precede the angle with an
alpha prefix designating the angle type. You may also enter an asterisk (*) and
a number specifying the angle type to get the same results.

Angles: AL=7, AR=8, DL=9, DR=0

4-24 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Examples

Angle Left=45° 15′ can be entered AL45.15 or *745.15.

Deflection Right=5° 56′ can be entered DR5.56 or *05.56.

Any changes to the backsight direction will be indicated in the COGO direc-
tional prompt as you traverse and the backsight direction will default to the
previous occupied point

Angle ranges for any angle type is 0-360 degrees.

D. Fpsp: This option allows you to establish the direction by picking two points.
The command prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/POint/<First point>:

Graphically select a point, type a node number, or enter coordinates in an X,

Y or X, Y, Z format for the first point. The command prompt then prompts for
the second point.

E. direction POint: This is the initial default for selecting a new direction.
Graphically select a point or node, type in a point or node number and press
the Enter key, or enter the X, Y or X, Y, Z coordinates of a point and press
the Enter key.

6. After indicating the traverse direction, specify the distance used. The command
prompt displays:

Default distance = 0.0000

Node #/two Points/SideShot/SLope<Horizontal Distance>:

The distance type may be changed to slope by selecting SLope from the sidebar
menu or typing sl and pressing the Enter key. Define the distance with any of
the distance type options. For more information see Distance Types on page 2-7.

7. After defining the horizontal or slope distance, you will specify the vertical con-
trol. The command prompt displays:

Absolute elevation <0.000>:

Type the absolute elevation of the node and press the Enter key, use the sidebar to
select a different direction option, or type the keyboard abbreviation. The available
options are:

A. (E) Elev: Type the absolute elevation of the foresight or sideshot node.

Nodes 4-25
Eagle Point Software

B. (G) Grade: Type the percent grade of the segment from the occupied point to
the foresight or sideshot node.

C. (H) Height: Type the height between the axis of the instrument and the target,
which is sometimes referred to as the vertical distance. The height of instru-
ment (HI) and height of target (SH) are also needed and will be prompted for.

D. (S) Slope: Type the slope of the traverse or sideshot leg as a horizontal-to-ver-
tical ratio.

E. (P) Ptnum: Type the elevation point by typing or graphically choosing a point
or a node number.

F. (Z) Zenith: Type the zenith angle, the angle formed from directly overhead
the axis of the instrument to the direction of the target. The height of instru-
ment (HI) and height of target (SH) are also needed and will be prompted for.

G. (HO) Horiz: Type the horizon angle, sometimes referred to as the vertical an-
gle. The angle is formed from a horizontal line through the axis of the instru-
ment to the direction of the target. If the angle is above the horizontal line, the
angle is positive. If it is below the horizontal line, it is negative. The height of
instrument and the height of target are also needed and will be prompted for.

H. (N) Nadir: Type the nadir angle, the angle formed from the direction of grav-
ity through the axis of the instrument to the direction of the target. The Zenith
angle plus 180 degrees equals the Nadir angle. The height of instrument and
the height of target are also needed and will be prompted for.

To end the command, press the Control and C keys simultaneously for
AutoCAD 12 or the Esc key for AutoCAD 13 at any time, or press Enter
with no input at the <Direction point> prompt.

8. You will now input the target height if you have chosen a method that requires it.
The command prompt displays:

Height of target <0.00>:

Type the height value.

9. The command prompt displays:

Height of instrument <0.00>:

Type the height value.

10. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and descrip-
tion based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options.
The prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

4-26 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next
available node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

11. The command prompt from step 4 on page 4-22 repeats. The last direction type used
is the default.

Move Nodes

The Move Nodes command moves Eagle Point nodes and automatically updates the
coordinate annotation.

NODES → MOVE NODES

Key-in Command: movenode Sidebar Menu Option: Move Nd

Moving Nodes

To move nodes, complete the following steps:

1. Select Move Nodes from the Nodes menu.

2. The command line displays:

ADD mode.
Select nodes:

Nodes 4-27
Eagle Point Software

Select nodes by any of the node selection methods. Any objects that are not nodes
are filtered out. The command prompt repeats. Press the Enter key at the end of any
empty command prompt to stop selecting nodes.

Any AutoCAD selection methods may be used. For more information, see
Node Selection Options on page 2-1.

3. The command prompt displays:

Base point:

Type an X, Y or X, Y, Z coordinate or graphically select any point or node to

serve as a base point or type a distance and direction in AutoCAD format to repre-
sent a displacement vector.

4. The command prompt displays:

Second point of displacement:

Type an X, Y or X, Y, Z coordinate or graphically select any point or node to serve

as the destination point. Press the Enter key without any input to indicate that a dis-
placement vector was typed in the previous step.

5. COGO moves the nodes to the new location and updates the coordinate, station/
offset and elevation annotation of the nodes as required.

Clean Nodes

The Clean Nodes command trims off the segments of lines or arcs extending into the
node symbol for a single node or group of nodes.

NODES → CLEAN NODES

Key-in Command: cleannode Sidebar Menu Option: Clen Nd

Cleaning Nodes

To clean nodes, complete the following steps:

1. Select Clean Nodes from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

4-28 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

ADD mode
Select nodes:

Select the nodes for clean up by any of the node selection methods. Any objects that
are not nodes are filtered out. Press the Enter key to end the selection process.

3. The command prompt displays:

Do you wish to cleanup intelligent objects (Yes/<No>):

If you wish to accept the default of No by pressing the Enter key, this command
will trim any lines or arcs that are not polylines as long as they do not have ex-
tended entity data such as annotation or lot definition. If you select Yes by typing
y and pressing the Enter key, the Clean Nodes dialog box (Figure 4-3) displays.

Figure 4-3 Clean Nodes Dialog Box

Some of the consequences of clicking on the OK button include:

A. You will lose lot definitions if the layer they were created on is thawed and on.
When the system creates lots, it places a closed polyline around it with extended
entity data on the then current layer. Highly recommended is the technique of
making a new layer (for example, LOTS) when creating the lots. Then you can
freeze the layer for subsequent activities such as plotting or cleaning nodes.

B. Any annotation associated with the lines/polylines will be turned into text and
unlinked from the line.

C. The lines, arcs, etc. will be shorter than the node to node values.

Since this command modifies the length lines, polylines and arcs, all
annotation of the entities to be trimmed should be completed before using
the Clean Up option.

Any AutoCAD selection methods may be used. For more information, see
Node Selection Options on page 2-1.

Nodes 4-29
Eagle Point Software

Copy Nodes

The Copy Nodes command allows you to copy existing Eagle Point nodes to a new
location. This command will create nodes at the selected copy location(s) and
number the nodes with the next available node numbers.

NODES → COPY NODES

Key-in Command: copynode Sidebar Menu Option: Copy Nd

Copying Nodes

To copy nodes,complete the following steps:

1. Select Copy Nodes from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

ADD mode
Select nodes:

Select the nodes to be copied by any of the node selection methods. Only Eagle
Point nodes will be affected.

Any AutoCAD selection methods may be used. For more information, see
Node Selection Options on page 2-1.

3. The command prompt displays:

Multiple/<Base point>:

A. Multiple: Type m and press the Enter key to request that multiple copies of
the selected node(s) be placed. The command prompt displays:

Base point:

Graphically select the base point or type the coordinates. The command
prompt displays:

Second point of displacement:

4-30 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Graphically select a second point, type the coordinates, or press the Enter key
to have the first point interpreted as a displacement vector. The command
prompt displays:

Second point of displacement:

Graphically select a second point, type the coordinates, or press the Enter key
to have the first point interpreted as a displacement vector if the nodes are to
be copied to another location. If no nodes are to copied, press the Control and
C keys simultaneously for AutoCAD 12 or the Esc key for AutoCAD 13 to
end the command.

B. Base Point: Type an X, Y coordinate and press the Enter key or graphically
select a location on the drawing to select a base point. The command prompt
displays:

Second point of displacement.

Graphically select a point or type the coordinates. Press the Enter key to
have the first point interpreted as a displacement vector.

4. COGO copies the selected nodes, then updates any coordinate annotation.

Erase Nodes

The Erase Nodes command erases Eagle Point nodes.

NODES → ERASE NODES

Key-in Command: erasenode Sidebar Menu Option: Erase Nd

Erasing Nodes

To erase nodes, complete the following steps:

1. Select Erase Nodes from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

ADD mode
Select nodes:

Select nodes by any of the node selection methods. Any objects that are not nodes
are filtered out. Press the Enter key to end this selection. COGO erases the nodes

Nodes 4-31
Eagle Point Software

and updates the internal list of used node numbers. COGO updates the internal
node number list.

Any AutoCAD selection methods may be used. For more information, see
Node Selection Options on page 2-1.

Scale Nodes

The Scale Nodes command scales Eagle Point nodes about a base point and automat-
ically updates their coordinate annotation and station/offset annotation, if any. This
command may be used to adjust the absolute distance between nodes while maintain-
ing their relative displacement.

NODES → SCALE NODES

Key-in Command: scalenode Sidebar Menu Option: Scl Nd

This command changes the coordinates of your nodes.

Scaling Nodes

To scale nodes, complete the following steps:

1. Select Scale Nodes from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

ADD mode
Select nodes:

Select nodes by any of the node selection methods. Any objects that are not nodes
are filtered out. Press the Enter key to finish the selection of nodes.

Any AutoCAD selection methods may be used. For more information, see
Node Selection Options on page 2-1.

3. The command prompt displays:

Base Point:

Either graphically select a point, type a node number or type coordinate values to
serve as the base point for scaling the nodes.

4-32 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

4. The command prompt then displays:

<Scale factor>/Reference:

A. Scale factor: If you type a number at this prompt, it is taken as a relative scale
factor by which the node distance from the base point is multiplied. A scale
factor greater than one is used to enlarge the distances between the nodes
while a scale factor between 0 and 1 is used to reduce the distances.

Scale Factor is applied to X, Y, and Z coordinates. Use this option to change

units of measure, for example, from English to metric.

Reference will scale only the X and Y coordinates and leave the elevations
(Z) unchanged. Use this option to convert from grid to ground, for example.

B. Reference: If you type r and press the Enter key at the command prompt, you
can specify the current length and the new length. The command prompt displays:

Reference Length <1>:

type the known reference length, for example, .99994986 (grid factor).

5. The command prompt displays:

New length:

Type the known actual length, for example, 1.0 (to convert from grid to ground).

6. COGO scales the nodes accordingly (northings and eastings only and leaves the
elevations alone) and updates the coordinate and any station/ offset annotation.

Rotate Nodes

Use the Rotate Nodes command to rotate Eagle Point nodes and automatically up-
date their coordinate annotation.

NODES → ROTATE NODES

Key-in Command: rotnode Sidebar Menu Option: Rot Nd

Rotating Nodes

To rotate nodes, complete the following steps:

Nodes 4-33
Eagle Point Software

1. Select Rotate Nodes from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

ADD mode
Select nodes:

Select a node or group of nodes by clicking on individual nodes or windowing

around them. Any objects that are not nodes are filtered out. The command
prompt repeats. Press the Enter key at the end of any empty command prompt to
stop selecting nodes.

Any of the AutoCAD selection methods may be used. For more informa-
tion, see Node Selection Options on page 2-1.

3. The command prompt displays:

Base point:

Graphically select a point about which the nodes will be rotated or type in a coor-
dinate or a node number and press the Enter key.

4. The command line displays:

<rotation angle>/Reference:

If you type a numeric angle (in decimal degrees) at the command prompt, it is
taken as a relative angle (in number of degrees) by which the selected objects will
be rotated about a base point from the current orientation. Positive numeric an-
gles rotate counterclockwise; negative values rotate clockwise.

If you type r and press the Enter key at the command prompt, you can specify
the rotation angle. The command prompt displays:

Reference angle (0):

New angle:

You can type the reference angle by clicking on the two endpoints of a line and
then specify the new angle by clicking and holding down on the mouse button
and moving the mouse so that the node is rotated as you want it. For more infor-
mation, see the AutoCAD User’s Guide.

5. COGO rotates the nodes and updates the coordinate and any station offset annotation.

4-34 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Swivel Nodes

Use this command to swivel nodes selected by you about each node insertion point
to an absolute rotation or relative displacement.

NODES → SWIVEL NODES

Key-in Command: swivelnode Sidebar Menu Option: Swiv Nd

Swiveling Nodes

To swivel nodes, complete the following steps:

1. Select Swivel Nodes from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

ADD mode
Select nodes:

Select a node or group of nodes by clicking on individual nodes or windowing

around them. Any objects other than nodes are filtered out. The prompt repeats.
Press the Enter key to stop selecting nodes.

Any of the AutoCAD selection methods may be used. For more informa-
tion, see Node Selection Options on page 2-1.

3. The command prompt displays:

Relative/<Enter Absolute Rotation>:

A. Relative: Type r and press the Enter key. The command prompt displays:

Absolute/<Enter Relative Rotation>:

Type the angle of rotation and press the Enter key. The angle of the selected
node is changed a relative rotation from its current rotation angle. For exam-
ple, if a node is currently at a 15 degree angle, to change the angle by a rela-
tive angle of 45 degrees, type 45 and press the Enter key. The node swivels
to 60 degrees and the command ends.

B. Absolute: Type the angle of rotation and press the Enter key. The angle of the
selected node is changed to the angle typed. For example, to change the angle

Nodes 4-35
Eagle Point Software

to 45 degrees, type 45 and press the Enter key. The node swivels to 45 de-
grees and the command ends.

Renumber Nodes

Use the Renumber Nodes command to automatically renumber nodes and update the
nodes in the Node List dialog box (Figure 6-2).

NODES → RENUMBER NODES

Key-in Command: renumnode Sidebar Menu Option: Rnum Nd

Renumbering Nodes

To renumber nodes, complete the following steps:

1. Select Renumber Nodes from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

ADD mode
Select nodes:

Select a node or group of nodes by clicking on individual nodes or placing a win-

dow around them. Any objects that are not nodes are filtered out. The command
prompt repeats. Press the Enter key at the end of any empty command prompt to
stop selecting nodes. COGO erases the nodes and updates the internal list of used
node numbers.

Any of the AutoCAD selection methods may be used. For more informa-
tion, see Node Selection Options on page 2-1.

3. The command prompt displays:

Number to Add/Subtract:

Type the number and press the Enter key. A positive number will add. A nega-
tive number will subtract.

4-36 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

If you type a new node number, COGO verifies whether the node number
already exists. If it exists the command prompt displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next available node #>:

Either press the Enter key to accept the next available node number, select
overwrite, select Ignore or type another node number. If you type a new
node number, COGO verifies whether that number is in use, too.

Raise/Lower Nodes

Use the Raise/Lower Nodes command to change either the absolute or relative eleva-
tion of nodes that exist in the plan drawing. It will also automatically update the an-
notation.

NODES → RAISE/LOWER NODES

Key-in Command: raisenode Sidebar Menu Option: R/L Nd

Raising/Lowering Nodes

To Raise or Lower nodes, complete the following steps:

1. Select Raise/Lower Nodes from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

ADD mode
Select nodes:

Pick nodes either graphically or by typing them in at the command prompt.

Any AutoCAD selection methods may be used. For more information, see
Node Selection Options on page 2-1.

3. The command prompt displays:

Relative/<Enter Absolute Elevation>:

The default mode is to set all the nodes selected to a specific (absolute) elevation.
To accomplish this, type in the elevation (for example, 101.12) and all of the se-
lected nodes will be set to that elevation.

Nodes 4-37
Eagle Point Software

4. To raise or lower all of the nodes by a relative amount (for example, raise all se-
lected nodes by 100, a node at elevation 5.12 will be set to 105.12 and another se-
lected node at 7.85 will be set to 107.85), type r and press the Enter key. The
command prompt displays

Absolute/<Enter Relative Elevation>:

Type a number by which to change the elevation of the nodes selected by a rela-
tive value. If you want the nodes lowered by a relative number, type in a negative
number. COGO then automatically rises or lowers the nodes based on the infor-
mation you entered and updates the elevation attribute associated with each node.

Modify Nodes

Modify Nodes changes all or some of the attributes associated with a node. You are
able to modify the value, X position, Y position, justification, style, layer, color,
thickness, rotation and height of the selected node. You may also change the symbol
by typing in the new block name or select a new symbol by clicking on Block Name
and selecting a new symbol.

NODES → MODIFY NODES

Key-in Command: modnode Sidebar Menu Option: Mod Nd

Figure 4-4 Modify Nodes Dialog Box

4-38 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Block Name Click on this toggle to select a new block (symbol) to be placed.
Either type a block name in the field or click on the Block Name
button to display the Node Block Name dialog box. This is a
standard AutoCAD file dialog box set to search for *.dwg files.

Attribute to Edit Select the attribute to edit from the scroll list. The available op-
tions are: number, description, northing, easting, elevation, sta-
tion offsets, station, offset and all.

Value This toggle allows you to change the descriptions of only the se-
lected nodes.

X Position Turn on this toggle to type the displacement of the attribute from
the node.

Y Position Turn on this toggle to type the displacement of the attribute from
the node.

Justification Turn on this toggle to select the justification of the attribute on

the node from a scroll list. Select from:

Left Center Middle

Right TopLeft TopCenter
TopRight MiddleLeft MiddleCenter
MiddleRight BottomCenter BottomRight
BottomLeft

Style Type the style of text for the attributes on the node in the edit field.

Layer Turn on this toggle to type the layer that the attribute of the node
resides on.

Color Turn on this toggle to select a color. Click on the Color bar or
button to display the AutoCAD Color dialog box allowing you to
select a new color. For more information, see the AutoCAD 12
Reference Manual or the AutoCAD 13 User’s Guide.

Thickness Turn on this toggle to type the thickness for the attribute text.

Rotation Turn on this toggle to type the rotation angle of the annotation
text. The angle is based on the current view rotation.

Height Turn on this toggle to specify the text size in plotter units rather
than real-world units.

Set This option is only active when the height toggle is on. Click on this
button to set the size in inches or Leroy. The Text Size dialog box
(Figure 4-5) displays. Type the value in the desired edit field.

Nodes 4-39
Eagle Point Software

NODES → MODIFY NODES → SET

Figure 4-5 Text Size Dialog Box

Modifying Nodes

To modify nodes, complete the following steps:

1. Select Modify Nodes from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Add mode.
Select nodes:

Use any AutoCAD selection method to select nodes. For additional infor-
mation about these selection methods, see the AutoCAD 12 Reference
Guide or the AutoCAD 13 User’s Guide.

3. When you are done selecting nodes, press the Enter key. The Modify Nodes dia-
log box displays (Figure 4-4).

4. When you click on the OK button, COGO updates all of the nodes selected to reflect
the changes made.

Resize Nodes

The Resize Node command provides a method to displace attributes, scale attributes in-
dependent of node scales or change the node size. Nodes and attributes may be resized
by selecting the desired option, setting the relative scale factor larger or smaller than 1
and then clicking on the OK button in the Resize Nodes dialog box (Figure 4-6).

NODES → RESIZE NODES

Key-in Command: Resizenode Sidebar Menu Option: Rsiz Nd

4-40 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure 4-6 Resize Nodes Dialog Box

Displace Select this option to leave the size of the attributes alone but
Attributes move them closer (if you are making the symbol smaller) or far-
ther away from (if you are making the symbol larger) the inser-
tion point of the node.

Scale Attributes Select this option to apply the same scale factor to the size of the
attributes as well as the size of the symbols.

So not change This option leaves the attributes entirely unchanged as to size or
attributes location relative to the insertion point of the node.

Relative Scale The sliding bar ranges from 1 to 100 in whole number incre-
Factor ments, but any scale factor can be typed into the field (for exam-
ple, .0833 or 2512.5).

Resizing Nodes

To resize nodes, complete the following steps:

1. Select Resize Nodes from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

ADD mode
Select nodes:

Nodes 4-41
Eagle Point Software

Use any AutoCAD selection method to select nodes. For additional infor-
mation about these selection methods, see the AutoCAD 12 Reference
Guide or the AutoCAD 13 User’s Guide.

3. When you are finished selecting nodes, press the Enter key. The Resize Nodes
dialog box (Figure 4-6) displays.

Once you have selected one of the attribute’s handling options and entered in a
scale factor, click on the OK button to implement the changes.

Select Nodes

The Select Nodes command provides a method to place selected nodes into a selection
set. You can then manipulate the selection set using any of the AutoCAD or Advantage
Series commands that recognize selection sets. Nodes may be placed in a Selection Set
by selecting nodes based on the description, the node number, nodes within a radial dis-
tance, nodes within a user-defined range of numbers or a single node with a user-se-
lected symbol. Refer to Node Selection Options on page 2-1 for more information.

NODES → SELECT NODES

Key-in Command: selectnode Sidebar Menu Option: Sel Nd

Update Node List

The Update Node List command updates the Eagle Point node database. Normally,
this would be run any time it appears Eagle Point doesn’t recognize the nodes in the
drawing. The following is a list of commands that would require the use of the up-
date node list command:
• DXFIN (If the DXF file contains nodes.)
• Insert * (If the block contains nodes.)
• Explode (If the block contains nodes.)
• MINSERT (If the block contains nodes.)
• U or UNDO (If the UNDO command has anything to do with the modification of
nodes.)

NODES → UPDATE NODE LIST

Key-in Command: updatenodelist Sidebar Menu Option: Upd NL

4-42 COGO
 5.0 Geometry
The Geometry menu contains commands used to contrast typical geometry objects.

Figure 5-1 Geometry Menu

Draw Through Nodes

The Draw Through Nodes command allows you to draw a line, 2-D polyline, 3-D
polyline or arc through a series of user-defined nodes.

GEOMETRY → DRAW THROUGH NODES

Key-in command: dtnodes Sidebar Menu Option: Thru Nd

Drawing Through Nodes

To draw through nodes, complete the following steps:

1. Select Draw Through Nodes from the Geometry menu. The command prompt
displays:

Current component = LINE

Arc/2D pline/3D pline/Line/Range/<Enter a node #>:

Any of the options may be listed as the current component.

Geometry 5-1
Eagle Point Software

A. Line: If Line is the active default, the command prompt displays:

Current component = LINE

Arc/2D pline/3D pline/Line/Range/<Enter a node #>:

Graphically select the node or point or type the node number and press the En-
ter key. A line will rubber band from point to point or node to node as selec-
tions are made. Continue to type points or nodes. To type a range, type r and
press the Enter key. The command prompt displays:

Enter range as #-#:

You can type a range or reverse range by typing 10-18 or 18-10.

The lines that are placed in this command are individual 3D lines, directly
linking the X, Y, Z location of one node or point with that of another.

B. Arc: If Arc is the active default, the command prompt displays:

Current Component = Arc

Arc/2D pline/3D pline/Line/<Enter a node #>:

Graphically select the node or a point or type the node number. A line will rubber
band from point to point or node to node as the selections are made. The system
needs three points along the arc to define it. The command prompt returns to:

Current Component = Arc

Arc/2D pline/3D pline/Line/Range/<Enter a node #>:

Select the next node on the arc. The command prompt repeats for the third
point on the arc. When it is selected, the arc is placed in the drawing. Use the
AutoCAD Arc command to draw arc using other criteria.

C. 2D Pline: If 2D pline is the active default, the command prompt displays:

Current component = 2D PLINE

Arc/2D pline/3D pline/Line/Range/<Enter a node #>:

Graphically select a node or point or type the node number. A line will rubber
band from point to point or node to node as the selections are made. To enter a
range of node to draw through consecutively, type r and press the Enter key.
The command prompt displays:

Enter range as #-#:

You can type a range or reverse range by typing 10-18 or 18-10.

5-2 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

When drawing a 2-D pline the AutoCAD PLINEGEN system variable must
be accounted for.

The elevations of the 2D polylines are set to 0.

D. 3D Pline: If 3D pline is the active default the command prompt displays:

Current component = 3D PLINE

Arc/2D pline/3D pline/Line/Range/<Enter a node #>:

Graphically select a node or point or type the node number. A line will rubber
band from point to point or node to node as selections are made. If you select
the nodes individually, 3D polylines will be placed between the nodes. To link
them together, use the 3dpjoin command from the Drafting module. To type a
range of nodes to draw through consecutively, type r and press the Enter key.
The command prompt displays:

Enter range as #-#:

Entering a range connects the 3D polyline together through the range. You
can type a range or reverse range by typing 10-18 or 18-10.

Draw Polar Lines

The Draw Polar Lines command allows you to draw a line and place a node at the
end point. You may use any combination of the direction types and distance types to
define the polar line.

GEOMETRY → DRAW POLAR LINES

Key-in Command: polarline Sidebar Menu Option: Polr Ln

Drawing a Polar Line

To draw a polar line, complete the following steps:

1. Select Draw Polar Lines from the Geometry menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Object/<Point>:

Geometry 5-3
Eagle Point Software

A. Object: Graphically select the starting point of the line. A rubber band line
displays from the endpoint of the object selected.

B. Point: Either type the coordinates or Node number and press the Enter key or
graphically select the starting location. A rubber band line displays from the
point selected.

If you want to create the line from the end point of an existing line, polyline or
arc, type o at the command prompt and press the Enter key. The command
prompt displays:

Point/<select object>:

3. The command prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint>:

Define the direction with any of the direction type options. For more information
see Direction Types on page 2-4.

4. The command prompt then displays:

Node #/two Points/<Horizontal Distance>:

Define the distance with any of the distance type options. For more information,
see Distance Types on page 2-7.

5. If the toggle Draw Nodes option is on, nodes will be placed at the endpoint of the
line. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and de-
scription based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input op-
tions. The prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node number # <default>:

Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

5-4 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next
available node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

6. The new node is then inserted into the drawing. If the Draw Lines option is on, a
line will also display using the active AutoCAD settings. The node list is also up-
dated.

Draw Feature Line

Use the Draw Feature Line command to develop structure outlines such as building
pads and pond bottoms based on two known points, a line or a line segment in a 2-D
or 3-D polyline. You are able to draw lines from the previously defined direction at
either 45 degrees, 90 degrees or continuing on in the same direction as the previous
line segment. This command can also place nodes at the ends of each of the seg-
ments. There are five options for typing direction-distance:

+ To the right 90°, the specified distance. It is not necessary to

type the positive sign, it is implied. For example, +75 or just 75
will go 75 units to the right of the prior segment.

- To the left 90°, the specified distance. For example, -80 will go
80 units to the left

\ Deflection Left (DL) 45°, the specified distance. For example,

\100 will go 100 units in a deflection left of 45° from the prior
segment.

/ Deflection Right (DR) 45°, the specified distance. For example,

/50 units will go 50 units in a deflection right of 45° from the
prior segment.

| (shift + \) Continue in the same direction. For example, |150 will continue
in the same direction as the prior segment. This option is useful
for settings nodes on a line at different elevations.

GEOMETRY → DRAW FEATURE LINE

Geometry 5-5
Eagle Point Software

Key-in Command: featrlin Sidebar Menu Option: Feat Ln

Drawing a Feature Line

To draw a feature line, complete the following steps:

1. Select Feature Line from the Geometry menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Object/<Start Point>:

A. Point: Define the start point for the feature line by either graphically selecting
a point in the drawing or typing the coordinates or a valid node number and
pressing the Enter key. A rubber band marker displays in the drawing.

B. Object: An object can be used to define the direction and distance of the first
segment. Step 3 would be skipped if object was selected. To use an object to
define the direction types, type o and press the Enter key.

The command prompt displays:

Point/<select Object>:

Select the line by the starting end. The other endpoint will be used as the direc-
tion point. When selected, the command line will return the direction and dis-
tance of the line. You will be prompted at the command line:

Would you like to modify distance? <N>:

Type n and press the Enter key to accept the distances shown. Step 4 would
be skipped. To modify the distance type y and press Enter. Proceed to step 4.

3. The command prompt then displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint>:

Define the direction using one of the direction types explained on page 2-4.

4. The command prompt displays

Node #/two Points/<Horizontal Distance>:

A. Node #: Defines the distance the line is to be drawn by using the distance be-
tween the start point or current point to the node number you type. Type n and
press the Enter key to select this option. For example, if the distance from the
current location to the node number is 50 units, COGO draws the line 50 units.

5-6 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

B. Two Points: Defines the distance the object is to be extended by selecting two
points. Type p and press the Enter key to select this option. Select the two points
graphically or type in their node numbers. If COGO determines the distance from
the two points is 50 units, COGO extends the selected object 50 units.

C. Horizontal Distance: Defines the horizontal distance To be used. For exam-

ple, to draw a line 50 units long, type 50 and press the Enter key.

5. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and description
based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options. The
prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

node number # <default>:

Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

6. The new node is inserted into the drawing.

7. The command prompt displays

eXit/Close/< Direction-Distance>:

Press the Enter key to accept the default of entering a direction-distance.

8. The command prompt displays:

Enter Direction-Distance:

Type in a direction-distance as explained in Drawing Feature Lines on page 5-6.

For example, type 75.12 and press the Enter key to draw a line 90° to the right
with a length of 75.12 units. The system then loops back to step 4 to place the
node at the end of the line. The program will continue to loop through steps 4 to 7
until you select the Close (c) or eXit (x) option and press the Enter key.

9. If the Draw Lines toggle in the Settings menu is toggled to On a line is also
drawn. The command prompt displays:

3D Polyline/<2D Polyline>:

Select which type of polyline this is supposed to be. Press the Enter key if this is
a 2-D polyline or type 3d and press the Enter key if this is a 3-D polyline. The
command ends.

10. If you select a 2-D polyline the command prompt displays:

Geometry 5-7
Eagle Point Software

Absolute elevation <0.00>:

Enter the desired elevation for the polyline. If you select 3-D polyline, a 3-D
polyline is placed through the nodes at their elevations.

Fit Line Through Points

The Fit Line Through Points command selects a series of nodes through which a best
fit horizontal line (in the XY plane, Z is set to zero) is placed. Select the nodes nu-
merically or graphically. A least squares best fit horizontal line is then computed and
placed in the drawing through the selected nodes.

GEOMETRY → FIT LINE THROUGH POINTS

Key-in Command: fitline Sidebar Menu Option: Fit Ln

Fitting a Line Through Points

To fit a line through points, complete the following:

1. Select Fit Line Through Points from the Geometry menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Add mode
Select nodes:

Type node numbers at the command prompt and press the Enter key, type a node
range or graphically select the nodes through AutoCAD selection methods and
press the Enter key. To fit the line, at least two points or nodes must be selected.

3. If the nodes selected have a correlation coefficient greater than 0.85, then the line is
placed. If the correlation coefficient is less than 0.85, the command prompt displays:

Correlation Coefficient is less than 0.85

Do you want to place the line?: No <Yes>:

A. No: Type n and press the Enter key to reselect points. The command prompt
returns to the Add Mode prompt.

B. Yes: Type y and press the Enter key, or press the Enter key to place the line
regardless of the correlation coefficient. The command prompt always dis-
plays the correlation coefficient:

Correlation Coefficient = <0.00>:

5-8 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Draw Curve Tangent

The Draw Curve Tangent command places a user-defined curve at the end of a line,
polyline, curve or arc.

GEOMETRY → DRAW CURVE TANGENT

Key-in Command: curvetan Sidebar Menu Option: Crv Tang

Drawing a Curve Tangent

To draw a curve tangent, complete the following steps:

1. Select Draw Curve Tangent from the Geometry menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Select object near beginning:

Graphically select an object. The curve will be developed from the opposite end
of the selection.

3. The command prompt displays:

Curve direction CW/<CCW>:

A. CW: Type cw and press the Enter key to place a clockwise curve.

B. CCW: Type ccw and press the Enter key to place a counter clockwise curve.

4. The command prompt displays:

Radius/Degree of curvature:

A. Radius: Type r and press the Enter key to select the radius. The command
prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Radius distance>:

Define the distance with any of the distance type options. For more informa-
tion, see Distance Types on page 2-7. Go to step 5.

B. Degree of Curvature: Type d and press the Enter key, or press just the Enter
key to type the degree of curvature. The command prompt displays:

Geometry 5-9
Eagle Point Software

Degree of Curvature:

Type the degree of curvature and press the Enter key.

5. When the radius or the degree of curvature is entered, the command prompt displays:

arc length by Delta angle/Chord length/Arc length:

A. arc length Delta: Type d and press the Enter key to type the Arc Length
Delta in angular units set in the Project Settings. The command prompt dis-
plays:

Delta angle to turn:

Type the delta angle to turn in an angle format and press the Enter key.

B. Chord length: Type c and press the Enter key to type the chord length. The
command prompt displays:

Node # /two Points/<Chord Distance>:

Define the distance with any of the distance type options. For more informa-
tion, see Distance Types on page 2-7.

C. Arc length: Type a and press the Enter key to type the arc length. The com-
mand prompt displays:

Arc length:

Type the arc length and press the Enter key.

6. If the Draw Nodes Option is on, COGO will place nodes at the PC, PI, PT and RP. If
a node currently exists at any of these locations, no new nodes will be placed at that
location. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and de-
scription based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input op-
tions. The prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs. The node number prompt will be specific to which curve
location the node is being placed. Also the default description for PC is <PC>, for
PI is <PI>, for PT is <PT> and for RP is <RP>.

5-10 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next
available node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

Inscribe Curve

When an alignment has been created consisting of only tangent segments, the In-
scribe Curve command provides a method to inscribe curves along those tangents us-
ing the point of intersection. After specifying the PI location, the directions of the
back and forward tangents and one more curve parameter, COGO uses the informa-
tion typed to draw a curve. When the Place Nodes button is set to on, COGO places
nodes at the PC, PT, and Radius Point on the curve. If there is no node at the PI,
COGO will place one there as well.

GEOMETRY → INSCRIBE CURVE

Key-in command: inscribc Sidebar Menu Option: Insc Crv

Geometry 5-11
Eagle Point Software

Figure 5-2 Curve Parameters Dialog Box

Degree of Curve Type the degree of curve, arc definition in the edit field.
(Arc):

Degree of Curve Type the degree of curve, chord definition in the edit field.
(Chord)

Tangent Dist Type the distance from the PI to the PC or PT in the edit field.

Radius Dist. Type the radius of the curve in the edit field.

Length of Curve Type the length of the curve along the arc in the edit field.

Long Chord Type the straight line distance from the PC to the PT in the edit
field.

External Type the distance from the PI to the middle of the curve in this
edit field.

Middle Ordinate Type the distance from the middle of the curve to the middle of
the chord in this edit field.

PC< Type a node number in the edit field or click on the button to
graphically select a point.

5-12 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

PT< Type a node number in the edit field or click on the button to
graphically select a point.

POC< Type a node number in the edit field or click on the button to
graphically select a point.

RP< Type a node number in the edit field or click on the button to
graphically select a point.

Inscribing a Curve

To inscribe a curve, complete the following:

1. Select Inscribe Curve from the Geometry menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Select point of intersection:

Type the PI point by selecting a point or node graphically. Type a node number
or X, Y coordinates. From the PI point input, you will define the back tangent di-
rection. With a rubber band originating from the PI point, you will establish the
back tangent.

3. The command prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint> :

Define the direction with any of the direction type options. For more information
see Direction Types on page 2-4.

4. After a valid value has been typed, the back tangent direction is accepted. You are
now inputting a forward tangent direction. The command prompt redisplays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint>:

Input the forward tangent direction by one of the direction type options.

5. When a valid forward tangent direction is typed, the Curve Parameter dialog box
(Figure 5-2) displays:

6. At this point you have three options:

A. Type one of the eight curve parameters on the top. Doing so and tabbing to
the next field will result in the automatic calculation and display of the other
curve parameters.

Geometry 5-13
Eagle Point Software

B. Type the node number for the PC, PT, POC or RP and tab to the next field.
COGO will calculate and display other curve parameters.

C. Graphically select a point or node number for PC, PT, POC or RP by clicking
on that button.

Clicking on the PC, PT, POC or RP button will close the dialog box. The com-
mand prompt asks you to select whatever point option you toggled on. When a
valid selection is made, the curve is placed.

Be sure that the nodes or points you are typing in the drawing are valid. The
PC should be on the back tangent, the PT should be on the forward tangent,
and the radius point should be on the bisector of the two tangents.

7. Click on the OK button to accept the curve parameters.

8. If the Draw Nodes Option is on, COGO will place nodes at the PC, PI, PT and RP. If
a node currently exists at any of these locations, no new nodes will be placed at that
location. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and de-
scription based on the active field code node attribute style and node input options.
The prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs. The node number prompt will be specific to which curve
location the node is being placed. Also, the default description for PC is <PC>,
for PT is <PT> and for RP is <RP>.

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next
available node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

5-14 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Inscribe Reverse Curves

The Inscribe Reverse Curves command inscribes two circular curves between two
parallel lines or polylines. You need to type one of three criteria to define the curves:
the radii, their degrees of curvature or the total tangent length for the transition.

GEOMETRY → INSCRIBE REVERSE CURVES

Key-in Command: inscrevc Sidebar Menu Option: Insc Rev

Inscribing Reverse Curves

To inscribe reverse curves, complete the following steps:

1. Select Inscribe Reverse Curve from the Geometry menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Select Line 1:

Select the first of two parallel lines or 2-D polylines between which the reverse
curves will be inscribed.

3. The command prompt displays:

Select line 2:

Select the second of two parallel lines or 2-D polylines between which the re-
verse curves will be inscribed. COGO verifies that the lines are parallel. If the
lines are not parallel, the command prompt displays:

Lines are not parallel. Please reselect. Select Line 1:

4. Once parallel lines are selected, the command prompt displays:

Offset between lines=24.000.

Select point on line for reverse curve start point:

Offset is the computed offset distance.

The selection point of the two lines affects the orientation of the reverse
curves to be inscribed.

Geometry 5-15
Eagle Point Software

Select a point on one of the two lines that establishes the beginning point of the
reverse curves. If the point does not lie on either line, COGO reports the error at
the command prompt.

Control point must lie on one of the lines selected.

Please re-select.
Select point on line for reverse curve start point:

Graphically select a point on one of the lines

5. The command prompt displays:

Style/Node input options/Radii/Degree of curvature/Transition

length

A. Style: Type s and press the Enter key. Use this option to set the active field
code. The active field code’s style will determine the node attributes to be dis-
played, the position of the attributes relative to the node, the precision of the
attributes, the node symbol and the layer assignments for the node attributes.
For more information, see Set Active Field Code on page 9-5.

If the node style used does not contain a description attribute, you will not
be prompted for a description regardless of the Set Nodes Input settings.

B. Node Input Options: Type n and press the Enter key. The Node Input option
determines what COGO prompts you for. For more information on Node In-
put options, see Set Node Input Options on page 9-6.

C. Radii: Type r and press the Enter key to solve the reverse curves based on
their radii. The command prompt displays:

Radius 1 <default>:

The default value is equal to the AutoCAD system variable FILLETRAD.

Type the Radius 1 value. The command prompt displays:

Radius 2 <default>:

The default value is equal to the value typed for Radius 1. If the sum of Ra-
dius 1 plus Radius 2 is less than the offset distance computed between the two
lines divided by two, the solution is impossible and COGO reports the error.

The sum of Radius 1 and 2 must be equal to or greater than

the offset distance divided by two: (offset/2). Please re-enter.

Retype the two radii.

5-16 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

D. Degree of Curvature: Type d and press the Enter key to solve the reverse
curves based on their degrees of curvature. The command prompt displays:

Degree of curvature for curve 1 <default>:

The initial default is 15 degrees, thereafter it defaults to the last typed value.
Type the degree of curvature. The command prompt displays:

Degree of curvature for curve 2 <value entered above>:

If the sum of the curve’s resulting radii is less than the offset distance between
the two lines divided by two, the solution is impossible and the following mes-
sage displays:

The sum of Radius 1 and Radius 2 must be equal to or

greater than the offset distance divided by two: (offset/2).
Please re-enter.

E. Transition Length: Type t and press the Enter key to solve the curves based
on the tangent transition length. The command prompt displays:

Point/Transition length <default>:

Type a valid transition length.

If the typed value is negative, COGO reports an error. Retype the transition
length.

The two radii are solved and are assumed to be equal.

If you type p and press the Enter key you can select the reverse curve end
point at the prompt:

Length/Select point on line for reverse curve end point:

Select a point that defines the end of the reverse curve.

6. COGO creates two reverse circular curves between the two lines or polylines.
The curves created go to the current layer. The command prompt displays:

Trim lines? : No/<Yes>:

A. Yes: Type y and press the Enter key to trim the lines, or press the Enter key.
COGO automatically selects the two lines and the two new curves as cutting
edges. The command prompt displays:

Select object to trim/Undo:

Geometry 5-17
Eagle Point Software

Graphically select the object(s) to trim. If an object is incorrectly selected,

type u and press the Enter key to undo the selection. Press the Enter key at
the end of the prompt when all objects to be trimmed are selected. For more in-
formation, see the Trim command in the AutoCAD User’s Guide.

B. No: Type n and press the Enter key to leave the lines as they are and go to the
next step.

7. If the Draw Nodes option is toggled on, COGO will place nodes at:

PC for Reverse Curve 1 RP for Reverse Curve 1

Point of Reverse Curve RP of Reverse Curve 2
PT of Reverse Curve 2

8. If the Nodes Input option for node number is Always Prompt, the command
prompt displays:

Reverse Curve 1 PC Node number:

The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and description
based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options. The
prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore/<next available
node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

9. The node number prompts for the Reverse Curve 1 RP, Point of Reverse Curve,
the Reverse Curve 2 RP and the Reverse Curve 2 PT are changed accordingly.

5-18 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Fit Curve Through Points

Use the Fit Curve through Points command to select a series of nodes or points
through which a least squares best fit horizontal curve is placed.

GEOMETRY → FIT CURVE THROUGH POINTS

Key-in Command: fitcurve Sidebar Menu Option: Fit Crv

Fitting a Curve Through Points

To fit a curve through points, complete the following steps:

1. Select Fit Curve Through Points from the Geometry menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

ADD mode
Select nodes:

If you type o and press the Enter key to select AutoCAD points, or press the En-
ter key, the command prompt displays :

select pOints:

Use AutoCAD selection methods to select a minimum of three points or objects.

Type n and press the Enter key to return to selecting nodes.

For additional information about these selection methods, see the AutoCAD
User’s Guide or Node Selection Options on page 2-1.

You may select both points, objects and nodes for your selection set. Type
o or n and press the Enter key at the command prompt to specify whether
points, objects or nodes are being selected.

Type n and press the Enter key to select EP nodes. The command prompt displays:

ADD mode
Select nodes:

Use any of the standard node selection methods discussed in the Node Selection
Options on page 2-1.

Geometry 5-19
Eagle Point Software

3. When you are done selecting points, objects or nodes, press the Enter key at the
empty command prompt. A best fit curve is calculated using least squares and is
drawn on the current layer at an elevation of zero. Radial lines from the center of
the circle through the points and extending to the curve determine where the
curve is trimmed. The arc with the largest central angle between these subtended
radial lines is trimmed.

You must select at least three points or nodes in order to solve for the various
curve parameters.

Draw Spiral Tangent

The Draw Spiral Tangent command places a spiral tangent at the end of a line,
polyline, curve or arc.

GEOMETRY → DRAW SPIRAL TANGENT

Key-in Command: spiraltan Sidebar Menu Option: Sp Tang

Drawing a Spiral Tangent

To draw a spiral tangent, complete the following steps:

1. Select Draw Spiral Tangent command.

2. The command prompt displays:

Select object near beginning:

Graphically select an object. The spiral will be placed from the other end of the
object.

3. The command prompt displays:

Spiral direction CW/<CCW>:

Type the direction, clockwise (cw) or counterclockwise (ccw), of the spiral and
press the Enter key.

4. The command prompt displays:

Spiral length:

Type the outgoing length of the spiral and press the Enter key.

5-20 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

5. The command prompt displays:

Spiral Radius:

Type the radius of the end of the spiral and press the Enter key.

If the Draw Nodes option is toggled on, COGO will place nodes at the start
of the spiral, end of the spiral and spiral PI.

6. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and description
based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options. The
prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next
available node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

Inscribe Spiral/Curve/Spiral

The Inscribe Spiral/Curve/Spiral command places a transition spiral on both tangents

and a circular curve in the middle. When the Place Nodes button is set on, COGO
places nodes at the spiral start point, spiral to curve point, curve radius point, curve
to spiral point and spiral end point.

GEOMETRY → INSCRIBE SPIRAL/ CURVE/SPIRAL

Key-in Command: inscribs Sidebar Menu Option Insc SCS

Geometry 5-21
Eagle Point Software

Figure 5-3 Spiral Parameters Dialog Box

Degree of Arc Type the degree of curve, arc definition in this edit field.

Degree of Chord Type the degree of curve, chord definition in this edit field.

Radius Type the radius of the curve in this edit field.

Clockwise This will be set automatically based on the back tangent direction
and forward tangent direction.

Spiral Length Type the length of the spirals in and out of the curve in this edit field.

SC Station Type the station of the spiral to curve in this edit field based on
the TS (tangent to spiral) station being 0+00.

You need to specify one of the first three boxes to define the curvature of the circular
curve being placed between the transition spiral in and the transition spiral out. Then
you need to specify the length of the transition spirals. An entry of 50, for example,
will place 50 unit long spirals in and out.

Inscribing a Spiral/Curve/Spiral

To use the Inscribe Spiral/Curve/Spiral command, complete the following steps:

1. Select Inscribe Spiral/Curve/Spiral from the Geometry menu.

5-22 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

2. The command prompt displays:

Select point of intersection:

Establish the PI point by selecting a point or node graphically, typing a node

number or X,Y coordinates and pressing the Enter key. From the PI point input,
you will first define the back tangent and forward tangent direction. With a rub-
ber band originating from the PI point, you will establish the back tangent.

3. The command prompt displays:

Enter Back Tangent Direction:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint>:

Define the direction with any of the direction type options. For more information,
see Direction Types on page 2-4.

4. After a valid value has been typed, the back tangent direction is accepted. You are
now inputting a forward tangent direction. The command prompt displays:

Enter Forward Tangent Direction:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint>:

Input the forward tangent direction by one of the methods explained in the pre-
vious step. The Spiral Parameter dialog box (Figure 5-3) displays.

5. To calculate the spiral/curve/spiral, enter one of the curve parameters (the three
boxes above the clockwise toggle) and the spiral length or S.C. Station (the two
boxes below the clockwise toggle). The spiral parameters X, Y, P, K, Long Tan-
gent and Short Tangent are calculated and displayed when the spiral parameters
are input and you press the Tab key.

6. The spirals and circular curve are placed. If the Toggle Draw Nodes option is on
nodes are placed at the Start of the spiral (TS), spiral to curve (SC), radius point
of circular curve (RP), curve to spiral (CS) and the end of the spiral or spiral to
tangent (ST). The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code
and description based on the active field code node attribute style and node input
options. The prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

Geometry 5-23
Eagle Point Software

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next
available node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

Intersect Direction/Direction

The Intersect Direction/Direction option allows you to determine the two dimen-
sional intersection point based on the direction from two user-defined points in a
drawing.

GEOMETRY → INTERSECT DIRECTION /DIRECTION

Key-in Command: dirdir Sidebar Menu Option: Dir-Dir

Intersecting Direction/Direction

To intersect a direction/direction, complete the following steps:

1. Select Intersect Direction/Direction from the Geometry menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Style/Node input options/<First point>:

A. Style: Type s and press the Enter key. Use this option to set the active field
code. The active field code’s style will determine the node attributes to be dis-
played, the position of the attributes relative to the node, the precision of the
attributes, the node symbol and the layer assignments for the node attributes.
For more information, see Set Active Field Code on page 9-5.

If the node style used does not contain a description attribute, you will not
be prompted for a description regardless of the Set Nodes Input settings.

B. Node Input Options: Type n and press the Enter key. The node input options
determine what COGO prompts you for. For more information on node input
options, see Set Node Input Options on page 9-6.

5-24 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

C. First point: Graphically select a node or point or type a valid node number or
point coordinates and press the Enter key.

3. When the first point is established, the command prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint>:

Define the direction with any of the direction type options. For more information
see Direction Types on page 2-4. Once the direction is established, a dashed line
will be displayed through the first point to indicate the direction. You may also in-
put an offset. A positive distance is to the rightwhile a negative distance is to the
left.

4. The command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Offset Distance>:

The default offset distance is zero if you press the Enter key without input. De-
fine the distance with any of the distance type options. For more information, see
Distance Types on page 2-7.

If you input a distance, the dashed line indicates the direction will be moved to
the correct location. You will now input the second point direction.

5. The command prompt displays:

Second point:

Either graphically select a point or type a valid node number or point. The
prompts for direction and distance repeat with the same options.

6. The command prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint>:

Input the direction from the second point using one of the direction types. A
dashed line will now be shown through the second point to indicate the direction
input. You will now be able to input any offset. A positive distance is to the right
while a negative distance is to the left.

7. The command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Offset Distance>:

The default offset distance is zero if you press the Enter key without input. De-
fine the distance with any of the distance type options. For more information, see
Distance Types on page 2-7.

Geometry 5-25
Eagle Point Software

8. If the first point and/or second point direction had to be reversed to create an inter-
section, the command prompt displays:

Reverse Vector Used on First Point Direction.

OR
Reverse vector Used on Second Point Direction.
OR
Reverse Vector Used on Both Point Directions.

9. If the Toggle Draw Nodes option is on, a node will be placed at the intersection
location. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and
description based on the active field code node attribute style and node input op-
tions. The prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore/<next available node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

Lines will also be drawn to the new node at the intersection from points input if
the Toggle Draw lines option is on provided an offset distance was not used. If an
offset distance was used for one of the intersecting lines, a line will be drawn
from the other control point to the calculated point.

10. COGO places the nodes and increments the current node number.

Intersect Direction/Distance

Use the Intersect Direction/Distance command to determine the two dimensional in-
tersection based on a direction from one user-defined point and the distance from an-
other user-defined point.

5-26 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

GEOMETRY → INTERSECT DIRECTION/DISTANCE

Key-in Command: dirdist Sidebar Menu Option: Dst

Intersecting Direction/Distance

To use the Intersect Direction/Distance command, complete the following steps:

1. Select Intersect Direction/Distance from the Geometry menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Style/Node input options/<first point>:

A. Style: Type s and press the Enter key. Use this option to set the active field
code. The active field code’s style will determine the node attributes to be dis-
played, the position of the attributes relative to the node, the precision of the
attributes, the node symbol and the layer assignments for the node attributes.
For more information, see Set Active Field Code on page 9-5.

If the node style used does not contain a description attribute, you will not
be prompted for a description regardless of the Set Nodes Input settings.

B. Node Input Options: Type n and press the Enter key. The node input options
determine what COGO prompts you for. For more information on node input
options, see Set Node Input Options on page 9-6.

C. first point: Graphically select a point or type a valid node number or point co-
ordinates (X, Y) and press the Enter key. From this point, you will define the
direction of the intersection.

3. The command prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint>:

Define the direction with any of the direction type options. For more information,
see Direction Types on page 2-4. Once the direction is established, a dashed line
will be displayed through the first point to indicate the input direction. You may
also input an offset. A positive distance is to the right while a negative distance is
to the left.

4. The command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Offset Distance>:

Geometry 5-27
Eagle Point Software

The default offset distance is zero if you press the Enter key without input. De-
fine the distance with any of the distance type options. For more information, see
Distance Types on page 2-7.

If you input a distance, the dashed line that indicates the direction will be moved
to the correct location. You will now input the second point.

5. The command prompt displays:

Second point:

Either graphically select a point, or type a valid node number or point coordinates
(X, Y) and press the Enter key. From this point, you will define the distance to
the intersection.

6. The command prompt displays:

Minimum distance = ###.####

Node #/two points/<Radius Distance>:

Define the distance with any of the distance type options. For more information,
see Distance Types on page 2-7.

7. If there are two solutions, the command prompt displays:

N/S/E/W/Both/<Pick intersection>:

Either graphically pick nearest the intersection to use, type the corresponding let-
ter to determine the intersection to use and press the Enter key, or type a valid
node number that is closer to the intersection to use than the intersection to reject
and press the Enter key.

If the intersections have the same X or Y value so that the solution can not be de-
termined by north, south, east or west, the command prompt displays:

The intersection points have the same Northing (South, Easting,

West) value.
Please select a different option.
N/S/E/W/Both/<Pick intersection>:

8. If there is only one solution, the command prompt displays:

Only one possible solution.

9. If the first point direction had to be reversed to create an intersection, the com-
mand prompt displays:

The intersection chosen is on the Reverse Vector

5-28 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

10. If the Toggle Draw Nodes option is on, a node will be placed at the intersection
location. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and
description based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input
options. The prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next
available node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

11. Lines will also be drawn to the intersection if the Toggle Draw lines option is on.

Intersect Distance/Distance

Use the Intersect Distance/Distance option to determine the two dimensional inter-
section point based on the distances from two user-defined nodes or points in a draw-
ing.

GEOMETRY → INTERSECT DISTANCE/DISTANCE

Key-in Command: distdist Sidebar Menu Option:Dst-Dst

Intersecting Distance/Distance

To use the Intersect Distance/Distance command, complete the following steps:

1. Select Intersect Distance/Distance from the Geometry menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Geometry 5-29
Eagle Point Software

First known point:

Graphically select a point or type a valid node number or point coordinates (X,Y)
and press the Enter key.

3. When the first point is established, the command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Radius Distance>:

Define the distance with any of the distance type options. From more informa-
tion, see Distance Types on page 2-7.

After the radius is input, a temporary circle will be displayed.

4. The command prompt displays:

Second known point:

Graphically select a point or type a valid node number or point coordinates (X,Y)
and press the Enter key.

5. The command prompt displays:

Node #/Two points/<Radius Distance>:

Define the distance with any of the distance type options. When the radius is in-
put another circle will be displayed.

6. If there are two solutions,the command prompt displays:

Intersection to use: N/S/E/W/Both/<Pick intersection>:

Either graphically pick the nearest intersection to use, type the corresponding let-
ter to determine the intersection to use, or type a valid node number that is closest
to the intersection to use. Press the Enter key after typing anything on the prompt.

If the intersections have the same X or Y value so that the solution can not be de-
termined by north, south, east or west, the command prompt displays:

The intersections points have the same Northing (South, East-

ing, West) value.
Please select a different option.
N/S/E/W/Both/<Pick intersection>:

If the two circles do not intersect, the command prompt displays:

The distances defined from the two points do not intersect.

Display error: Minimum Total Distance <35.25>.
First known point:

5-30 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

7. If there is only one solution, the program goes to step 8 to set the node. No
choices of intersection points are available.

8. If the toggle Draw Nodes option is on, a node will be placed at the intersection lo-
cation. The command prompts for the Node number, elevation, field code and de-
scription based on the active field code node attribute style and node input
options. The prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore/<next
available node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

9. Lines will also be drawn to the intersection if the Toggle Draw lines option is on.

Intersect Direction/Station

The Intersect Direction/Station command determines the 2-D intersection point

based on the direction from one point in the drawing and the direction from a station
on a user-defined alignment.

INTERSECT → DIRECTION/STATION

Key-in Command: dirsta Sidebar Menu Option: Dir-Sta

Intersecting Direction/Station

To draw an intersection using direction and station, complete the following steps:

Geometry 5-31
Eagle Point Software

1. Select Intersect Direction/Station from the Geometry menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Style/Node input options/<First point>:

A. Style: Type s and press the Enter key. Use this option to set the active field
code. The active field code’s style will determine the node attributes to be dis-
played, the position of the attributes relative to the node, the precision of the
attributes, the node symbol and the layer assignments for the node attributes.
For more information, see Set Active Field Code on page 9-5.

If the node style used does not contain a description attribute, you will not
be prompted for a description regardless of the Set Nodes Input settings.

B. Node Input Options: Type n and press the Enter key. The node input options
determine what COGO prompts you for. For more information on node input
options, see Set Node Input Options on page 9-6.

C. First Point: Graphically select a point or type a valid node number or point.

3. Once the first point has been selected, the command prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint>:

Define the direction with any of the direction type options on page 2-4. Once the di-
rection is set, a dashed line displays through the first point to indicate the direction.
You may also input an offset. A positive distance is to the right while a negative dis-
tance is to the left.

4. The command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Offset Distance>:

The default offset distance is zero if you press the Enter key without input. De-
fine the distance with any of the distance type options described on page 2-7.

5. The command prompt displays:

Roadcalc/Watersurface/<select alignment>:

Select the alignment to use. See Alignment Selection on page 2-11 for more details.

6. The command prompt displays:

Intersecting station <0 + 00.0000>:

5-32 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Type a station value that is on the alignment. You may enter the station value
with or without the plus sign. For example, you may enter 3+75 or 375 for a sta-
tion value of 3+75.00.

7. The command prompt displays:

Enter angle/deflection <AR90.00>:

Enter the turned angle type and angle from the alignment. The options are:

Angle Right (ar)

Angle Left (al)
Deflection Right (dr)
Deflection Left (dl)

An example is angle right of 45° 35’15" would be entered as AR45.3515. Once

the direction is established, a dashed line will be displayed through the station
point to indicate the direction through the point from the input direction. You
may also input an offset. A positive distance is to the right, negative to the left.

8. The command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Offset Distance>:

The default offset distance is zero if you press the Enter key without input. De-
fine the distance with any of the distance type options. For more information, see
Distance Types on page 2-7.

9. If the alignment point and/or first point direction had to be reversed to create an
intersection, the command prompt displays:

Reverse Vector used on Alignment Point Direction.

OR
Reverse Vector used on First Point Direction.
OR
Reverse Vector used on First Point and Alignment Point Direction.

10. If the toggle Draw Nodes option is on, a node will be placed at the intersection lo-
cation. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and de-
scription based on the active field code node attribute style and node input
options. The prompts that are possible will appear in order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

Geometry 5-33
Eagle Point Software

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next
available node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

11. Lines will also be drawn to the intersection if the Toggle Draw Lines option is on.

Intersect 3-D Lines

The Intersect 3-D Lines command will find the 2-D XY intersection of two 3-D lines
based on the 3-D endpoints of the lines input.

GEOMETRY → INTERSECT 3-D LINES

Key-in Command: linlin Sidebar Menu Option: 3D Ln

Intersecting 3-D Lines

To intersect 3-D lines, complete the following steps:

1. Select Intersect 3-D Line from the Geometry menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Style/Node input options/<Line 1 first point>:

A. Style: Type s and press the Enter key. Use this option to set the active field
code. The active field code’s style will determine the node attributes to be dis-
played, the position of the attributes relative to the node, the precision of the
attributes, the node symbol and the layer assignments for the node attributes.
For more information, see Set Active Field Code on page 9-5.

If the node style used does not contain a description attribute, you will not
be prompted for a description regardless of the Set Nodes Input settings.

5-34 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

B. Node Input Options: Type n and press the Enter key. The node input options
determine what COGO prompts you for. For more information on node input
options, see Set Node Input Options on page 9-6.

C. Line 1 First Point: Graphically select a point or type a valid node number or
X, Y, Z coordinate and press the Enter key. This is one endpoint of Line 1.

3. The command prompt displays:

Line 1 second point:

Graphically select a point or type a valid node number or X, Y, Z coordinate and

press the Enter key. This is the other endpoint of Line 1.

4. The command prompt displays:

Line 2 first point:

Graphically select a point or type a valid node number or X, Y, Z coordinate and

press the Enter key. This is the other first endpoint of Line 2.

5. The command prompt displays:

Line 2 second point:

Graphically select a point or type a valid node number or X, Y, Z coordinate and

press the Enter key. This is the other end point of Line 2.

6. If the 4 points have different elevations, command prompts:

All/First(###.###)/Second(###.###)/<average(###.###)>:

A. All: Type a and press the Enter key to accept all 3 solutions.

B. First: Type f and press the Enter key to accept the solution on line 1. The eleva-
tion is calculated by a proportion of the total distance and change in elevation
along the first line.

C. Second: Type s and press the Enter key to accept the solution on line 2. The
elevation will be calculated by a proportion of the total distance and the
change in elevation along the second line.

D. Average: The average elevation is displayed. This is the average of the first
and second elevation. Press the Enter key to accept the default value or input
the distance node elevation intersection.

Geometry 5-35
Eagle Point Software

This step is bypassed if all four points have the same elevation. The
command prompt displays:

Averaged point.

7. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and description
based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options. The
prompts that are possible will appear in order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

8. Step 7 will be repeated for each of the intersection points. The prompts in step 6
will progress as follows:

Averaged point.
Point on line 1
Point on line 2

No lines are drawn with this command. Node(s) will be placed at the
intersection point(s).

Layout Parking Lot

Use the Layout Parking Lot command to place parking lot spaces in your plan view
drawing.

Key-in Command: park Sidebar Menu Option: Park

GEOMETRY → LAYOUT PARKING LOT

Placing a Parking Lot

To place a parking lot, complete the following steps:

1. Select the Layout Parking Lot from the Geometry menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

5-36 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Stall width <9.0>:

Type the width of a single stall and press the Enter key, or press the Enter key to
accept the default value.

3. The command prompt then displays:

Angle of stalls -dd.mmss- <90.0000>:

Type the angle at which the stalls are to be placed into the drawing and press the
Enter key, or press the Enter key to accept the default.

4. The command prompt displays:

[#]Number of stalls or [F] to Fit <F>:

Either type the number of stalls you want for the parking lot and press the Enter
key, or press the Enter key to accept the default of Fit. The default places as
many stalls into that area as can be allowed.

5. The command prompt displays:

Layout stalls on the Right, Left, or Both sides <R>:

Choose whether you want the parking lot to be placed facing the right (r) or left
(l) side of an alignment, or if you want a lot on both sides facing each other. The
default is the right side. To place them on both sides of the alignment, type b at
the command prompt and press the Enter key.

6. The command prompt displays:

Depth of stalls <19.0>:

Type the depth of the parking lot stalls and press the Enter key, or press the En-
ter key to accept the default number.

7. The command prompt displays:

Start point:

Type the coordinates at the command prompt and press the Enter key, or graphi-
cally select the coordinates.

8. The command prompt displays:

End point:

Geometry 5-37
Eagle Point Software

Type the coordinates at the command prompt and press the Enter key or graphi-
cally select the coordinates. The parking stalls are then placed into your plan
view drawing.

5-38 COGO
 6.0 Reports
The Reports menu allows you to report various data for the objects contained in the
Eagle Point database and AutoCAD drawing.

Figure 6-1 Reports Menu

List Nodes

The List Nodes command displays a list of the selected nodes. The node data will be
shown in the Node List dialog box (Figure 6-2).

REPORTS → LIST NODES

Key-in Command: listnodes Sidebar Menu Option: Lst Nd:

Reports 6-1
Eagle Point Software

Figure 6-2 Node List Dialog Box

There are 15 formats available for the Node List dialog box. You can select the de-
sired format from the drop-down list at the top of the Node List dialog box. Each for-
mat contains a combination of some of the following:

Node This column lists the numeric value of the node which can be up to 10
characters long.

Northing This column lists the Y coordinate of the node, which can be up
to 17 characters long with up to 8 decimal places.

Easting This column lists the X coordinate of the node, which can be up
to 17 characters long with up to 8 decimal places.

Elevation This column lists the Z coordinate of the node, which can be up
to 17 characters long, with up to 8 decimal places.

Description This column lists the attribute data typed as the description of the
node.

Symbol This column lists the name of the block used as the symbol for
the node.

Field Code (FC) This column lists the field code used when the node was placed.

Layer This column lists the layer the node symbol is currently on.

The available List Node formats are:

• Node, Northing, Easting, Elevation, Description
• Node, Northing, Easting, Elevation, Symbol, Field Code
• Node, Northing, Easting, Description, Layer

6-2 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

• Node, Northing, Easting, Description, Symbol

• Node, Northing, Easting, Description, Field Code
• Node, Northing, Easting, Description
• Node, Northing, Easting, Layer, Symbol
• Node, Northing, Easting, Layer, Field Code
• Node, Elevation, Description, Layer
• Node, Elevation, Description, Symbol, Field Code
• Node, Elevation, Layer, Symbol, Field Code
• Node, Description, Layer, Symbol, Field Code
• Node, Description, Layer
• Node, Description, Symbol, Field Code
• Node, Description

When you click on the Print button, the List Nodes Print Format dialog box dis-
plays. You can select what information to include in the node list report, how wide to
make each column, and customize the headings for each column.See Print on page 2-
8 for more information.

Listing Nodes

To list nodes, complete the following steps:

1. Select List Nodes from the Reports menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Add mode.
Select nodes:

You may select nodes by any of the standard selection methods. See Node Selec-
tion Methods on page 2-1 for more details.

3. After selecting nodes and pressing the Enter key without an entry at the com-
mand prompt, the Node List dialog box (Figure 6-2) displays with the nodes you
selected, along with other pertinent information such as northing, easting, eleva-
tion, description, symbol layer, symbol block name and field code.

Reports 6-3
Eagle Point Software

List Unused Node Numbers

The List Unused Node Numbers command produces a list of unused node numbers
in a drawing.

REPORTS → LIST UNUSED NODE NUMBERS

Key-in Command: unusednodes Sidebar Menu Option: Lst Un:

Figure 6-3 Unused Node List Dialog Box

Listing Unused Nodes

To list unused nodes, complete the following steps:

1. When you select the List Unused Node Numbers command, the command prompt
displays:

Range/Block/eXit/<All>:

A. All: Type a and press the Enter key, or press the Enter key. The Unused
Nodes dialog box (Figure 6-3) displays all the unused node numbers from the
lowest available to the next highest available.

B. Range: Type r and press the Enter key, Range is selected. COGO prompts you
for the first node range number and the second node range number for the desired

6-4 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

range. The default is the lowest node number in the drawing for the first node
range number. The default for the second node range number is one higher
than the highest node number in the drawing. After you type the second node
range number, the Unused Nodes dialog box displays (Figure 6-3) all the un-
used node numbers within the specified range.

C. Block: Type B and press the Enter key. COGO prompts for the number of
consecutive unused nodes. Type the block size and press the Enter key. The
Unused Nodes dialog box (Figure 6-3) displays. The program will retain the
setting of block size. The default value is 100 consecutive unused nodes.

D. Exit: Type x and press the Enter key to end the command.

2. The listing of the nodes will be as follows: Single available numbers will be listed
on their own line. For the numbers available above the highest node number in
the drawing, the next highest number will be shown followed by a + symbol.
Ranges will be specified with the first available number of the range to the last
available number and a dash (-) separating them.

If the range has more numbers available than the block specified, the
separator will be an asterisk (*) instead of a dash.

List Duplicate Nodes

The List Duplicate Node Numbers command produces a list of duplicate node num-
bers in the drawing.

Key-in Command: duplicatenodes Sidebar Menu Option: Lst Dup:

REPORTS → LIST DUPLICATE NODES

Figure 6-4 Duplicate Node List Dialog Box

Reports 6-5
Eagle Point Software

The same formats are available in the Duplicate Node List dialog box as are avail-
able in the Node List dialog box. See page 6-2 for format information.

Print Clicking on the Print button displays the List Duplicate Nodes Print
Format dialog box. The List Duplicate Nodes Print Format dialog
box is the same dialog box as the List Nodes Print Format with a
different title. All operations of the dialog box will be the same as
the List Nodes Print Format dialog box. See Print on page 2-8 for
more information.

Resolve This button displays the Resolve Duplicate Nodes dialog box (Fig-
ure 6-5). The Resolve Duplicate Nodes dialog box lists the dupli-
cate occurrences of the node number that was highlighted when you
click on the Resolve button. The node information displayed may
be selected from the Format menu. The initial format display will
be the same as the display in the List Duplicate Nodes dialog box.

Listing Duplicate Nodes

To list duplicate nodes, complete the following steps:

1. Select List Duplicate Nodes from the Reports menu. The drawing will be
searched for any duplicate node numbers. If none are found, the command
prompt displays:

No duplicate nodes found.

2. If duplicates are found, the List Duplicate Nodes dialog box displays the node num-
bers that are duplicated and the node data pertaining to those nodes. You may select
the desired node data format from the 15 formats in a pull down list. These formats
are identical to the List Nodes dialog box formats. See List Nodes on page 6-1 for
more information.

Resolve

Clicking on the Resolve button displays the Resolve Duplicate Nodes dialog box
(Figure 6-5). The Resolve Duplicate Nodes dialog box lists the duplicate occurrences
of the node number that was highlighted when you click on the Resolve button. The
node information displayed may be selected from the Format menu. The initial format
display will be the top one from the drop-down list of formats.

REPORTS → LIST DUPLICATE NODES → RESOLVE

6-6 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure 6-5 Resolve Duplicate Nodes Dialog Box

The options available for column headings are the same as for the other node list dia-
log boxes. See page 6-2 for definitions of these options.

Renumber to This button renumbers the highlighted occurrence to the lowest

Lowest Available available number which will be shown on the data line to the
right of the button.

Renumber to This will renumber the highlighted occurrence to the number one
Next Available higher than the current highest number. The number will be
shown to the right of the button.

Renumber to Selecting this button renumbers the highlighted occurrence to a

Selected Value user-defined number that does not exist in the drawing. This de-
faults to the next available node number. A list of the Unused
Nodes will be shown in the dialog box. If this button is selected
without a value in the entry field, the program will renumber to
the next available node number.

Delete This will delete the highlighted occurrence.

Keep Selected, This will delete all the duplicate node occurrences remaining in
Delete the dialog box except the highlighted occurrence.
Remaining

Reports 6-7
Eagle Point Software

Average This will create one node with the average X, Y coordinates and
Coordinates & elevation for the occurrences remaining in the dialog box and
Elevations place the node with the field code and attributes of the high-
lighted occurrence.

Keep Selected, This will keep the highlighted occurrence and renumber the re-
Renumber maining occurrences in the dialog box to the next available node
Remaining numbers.

Resolving Duplicate Nodes

To resolve duplicate nodes, complete the following steps:

1. Select List Duplicate Nodes from the Reports menu. The drawing will be search
for any duplicate node numbers. If none are found, the command prompt displays:

No duplicate nodes found.

2. If duplicates are found, the List Duplicate Nodes dialog box displays the node num-
bers that are duplicated and the node data pertaining to those nodes. You select the
desired node data format from the 15 formats in a pull down list. These formats are
identical to the List Nodes dialog box formats. See List Nodes on page 6-1 for more
information.

3. Highlight the line containing the node number you want to resolve and click on
the Resolve button. The Resolve Duplicate Nodes dialog box (Figure 6-5) dis-
plays.

4. Highlight the line containing the occurrence that you want to resolve and click on
the button that will perform the type of resolution you want for this occurrence.

5. Once you have made all of the changes to the node numbers, click on the Exit but-
ton to close the Resolve Duplicate Nodes dialog box.

Calculate Station/Offset

Use the Calculate Station/Offset command to calculate the station offset of multiple
nodes or points. You can base the station offset on a COGO alignment, RoadCalc
alignment, Water Surface Profiling alignment, line, arc or a polyline.

REPORTS → CALCULATE STATION/OFFSET

Key-in Command: calcstaoffset Sidebar Menu Option: Clc S/O:

6-8 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure 6-6 Calculate Station Offsets Dialog Box

The Calculate Station Offsets dialog box displays the selected alignment name (if ap-
plicable) the alignment length, BOP and EOP stations, and any station equations.
You may view the data in different formats. All formats include station and offset
data with different data variables. The available formats are:
• Node, Station, Offset, Elevation, Description
• Node, Station, Offset, Elevation, Symbol, Field Code
• Node Station, Offset, Elevation, Layer
• Node, Station, Offset, Description, Symbol, Field Code
• Node, Station, Offset, Description, Layer
• Node, Station, Offset, Northing, Easting
• Station, Offset, Elevation, Description
• Station, Offset, Description, Symbol, Field Code
• Station, Offset, Description, Layer
• Station, Offset, Layer, Symbol, Field Code

Calculating Station/Offset

To calculate a station/offset, complete the following steps:

1. Select Calculate Station/Offset from the Reports menu.

Reports 6-9
Eagle Point Software

2. The command prompt displays:

RoadCalc/Watersurface/<Select Alignment>:

Select the alignment to use. See Alignment Selection on page 2-11 for more de-
tails. You may also input station equations. See Station Equations on page 2-9 for
more details.

3. Once you define the alignment to base the station and offset from, you will input
the nodes to calculate the station and offset. The command prompt displays:

Add mode.
Select nodes:

Select nodes graphically or numerically by any of the selection methods available

or type po to pick points on screen. Type n or nodes to return to the select
nodes prompt.

4. When you finish selecting nodes, press the Enter key. COGO then calculates the
station and offset of the locations. The Calculate Station Offsets dialog box (Fig-
ure 6-6) displays the results of the calculation.

Calculate Angle

The Calculate Angle command finds an angle defined by three nodes or points, or
two lines. This command will also calculate the angles of an alignment and report
the calculation in one of the Calculate Angle dialog boxes.

REPORTS → CALCULATE ANGLE

Key-in Command: calcangle Sidebar Menu Option: Clc Ang:

Calculating an Angle

1. Select Calculate Angle from the Reports menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Lines/Alignment/< start point>:

A. Lines: Type L and press the Enter key to calculate the angle by choosing two
lines. The lines do not have to intersect or be polylines. The command prompt
displays:

Points/Alignment/<Select first line>:

6-10 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

At this prompt you can select a line or one of the other two methods to calcu-
late an angle. Graphically select the first line. The command prompt displays:

Select second line:

Graphically select a second line. The Calculate Angle-Lines dialog box dis-
plays (Figure 6-7).

Figure 6-7 Calculate Angle-Lines Dialog Box

The coordinates and node number, if applicable, will be shown for the vertex
point. The bearings of the first line towards the vertex and of the second line
from the vertex display. The clockwise and counterclockwise angles from the
first line are shown.

B. Alignment: Type a and press the Enter key to select an alignment as the calcu-
late angle command. The angle may be defined as an alignment with the PI’s of
the alignment or the lines that graphically depict the tangent legs. These two com-
mands may not be mixed. The initial input will define the first PI. The command
prompt displays:

beginning pi Point/<select first tangent>:

Graphically select a line. The command prompt displays:

Select second tangent leg:

Graphically select the second line of the alignment.

The Calculate Angle-Alignments by Tangents dialog box (Figure 6-8) dis-

plays.

Reports 6-11
Eagle Point Software

Figure 6-8 Calculate Angle-Alignments by Tangents Dialog Box

The northing, easting, and node number, if applicable, for the PI display. Also,
the bearing of the first tangent towards the PI and the second tangent from the PI
are shown. The clockwise and counterclockwise angles from the first line to sec-
ond line are shown. Click on the OK button to continue with the command. The
second tangent leg becomes the first tangent. You will now input the next tangent
on the alignment. The command prompt displays:

Select second tangent leg:

Graphically select another tangent and the Calculate Angle-Alignments by

Tangents dialog box displays (Figure 6-8). Continue to do this until all of the
desired tangents are selected. Click on the Cancel button in the dialog box to
terminate this command.

If you type p and press the Enter key at the initial prompt, the command
prompt displays:

Tangent/<start pi>:

Graphically select the alignment starting point or PI or type the node number
or coordinates and press the Enter key. The command prompt displays:

Vertex pi:

Graphically select the vertex point or type the node number or coordinates and
press the Enter key. The command prompt displays:

Next pi:

Graphically select the third PI point or type the node number or coordinates.
The Calculate Angle-Alignments by Points dialog box (Figure 6-9) displays.

6-12 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure 6-9 Calculate Angle-Alignment by Points Dialog Box

The northing and easting coordinates and node numbers, if applicable, will be
shown for the beginning PI, vertex PI and ending PI. The bearing and distance of
the first tangent and second tangent that are defined by the PI’s will be shown. The
angle clockwise and counter- clockwise from the first tangent to second tangent will
be shown.

If you click on OK to return to the command, the PI information will be updated

or moved to reflect a change as if moving down the alignment. The vertex or sec-
ond PI typed becomes the beginning PI. The next or third PI which was typed be-
comes the vertex PI. The fourth PI of the alignment would now be typed. The
Calculate Angle-Alignments by Points dialog box redisplays (Figure 6-9).

C. Start Point: The default selection method is points. At the initial prompt,
graphically select a point or node or type a node number or coordinates. A
rubber band will be shown from the input point. The command prompt then
displays:

Vertex point:

Graphically select the point or type a node number or coordinates and press
the Enter key. The command prompt displays:

Ending point:

Graphically select the point or type a node number or coordinates and press the
Enter key. The Calculate Angle-Points dialog box displays (Figure 6-10).

Reports 6-13
Eagle Point Software

Figure 6-10 Calculate Angle-Points Dialog Box

The northing and easting coordinates and node numbers, if applicable, display
for the start point, vertex point and ending point. The angle, both clockwise
and counterclockwise will be displayed. The bearing and distance of the start
to vertex point, the vertex to ending point, and the start to the ending point
will be shown.

3. Once the appropriate Calculate Angle dialog box displays and you have reviewed
the data, click on the OK button to close the dialog box and complete the com-
mand.

Calculate Area by EPoly

The Calculate Area by Epoly command allows you to select an area of the drawing
and COGO finds the lines, arcs, circles and/or polylines that define the boundary for
that area.

REPORTS → CALCULATE AREA BY EPOLY

Key-in Command: areabyepoly Sidebar Menu Option: A by E:

6-14 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure 6-11 Calculate Area by EPoly Dialog Box

Calculating an Area by Epoly

To calculate an Area by Epoly, complete the following steps:

1. Select Calculate Area by EPoly from the Reports menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Select internal point near the beginning:

Graphically select the area of your screen that you want to find the area for.
When you click on the location, COGO does a radial trace for the nearest bound-
ary. The point you selected will also determine the beginning point of the area
and the direction of travel around the area. COGO finds and highlights the bound-
ary enclosing the point you selected.

The closest vertex of the boundary found to the selected point is used as the be-
ginning point of the area. The entity going away from the beginning point that is
closest to the selected point determines the direction of travel around the area.
See the example in Figure 6-12.

Reports 6-15
Eagle Point Software

Figure 6-12 Example of Internal Point Selection

3. If there is a boundary found, the command prompt displays:

Retry/<Accept> :

A. Retry: If the highlighted boundary is incorrect, type r and press the Enter
key to retry.

B. Accept: To accept the highlighted boundary, type a and press the Enter key
or just press the Enter key to continue.

The defining boundary points and the bearing and distance between those points is
displayed in the Calculate Area by EPoly dialog box (Figure 6-11). The precision of
the bearing and distance shown is determined by the project settings. If the EPoly
found is a lot, the top of the dialog box displays the information associated with the
lot.

4. If COGO doesn’t find any boundary around the point, the command prompt will
display:

ERROR, no boundary found.

COGO prompts you to reselect an internal point. If a boundary is found, step 2 is

repeated. If no boundary is found, step 4 is repeated.

Calculate Area by Points

The Calculate Area by Points command allows you to calculate the area of a region
by selecting points or nodes.

REPORTS → CALCULATE AREA BY POINTS

Key-In Command: areabypoints Sidebar Menu Option: A by P

6-16 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Calculating an Area by Points

To calculate an area by points, complete the following steps:

1. Select Calculate Area by Points from the Reports menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Select beginning point:

You may graphically select the area starting point, type a node number or type
the coordinates of the point.

3. After you select the first point, the point displays a rubber band marker and the
command prompt displays:

CCW/CW/POC/PI/RP/<Next Point>:

Select the next point that is on a line from the start point by graphically selecting
a point or node, typing the coordinates or the node number. Use one of the follow-
ing commands to define a curved point region.

A. CCW: Type cc and press the Enter key to define a curve in the counterclock-
wise direction. The command prompt displays:

Select End Point of Curve:

Select the end point of the curve either by graphically selecting a point, typing the
X, Y coordinates or typing the node number. The command prompt displays:

Radius:

Either type the radius distance or graphically select a point or node that de-
fines the radius distance from the curve PC. The rubber band marker displays
the curve.

If you define a radius that is less than half the distance between the start point
and end point, the command prompt displays:

ERROR: Invalid radius.

Continue (No/<Yes>):.

Type y and press the Enter key to redefine the curve starting with re-selecting
the end point.

Reports 6-17
Eagle Point Software

B. CW: Type cw and press the Enter key to define a curve in the clockwise di-
rection. The command prompt displays:

Select End Point of Curve:

Select the end point of the curve either by graphically selecting a point, typing the
X, Y coordinates or typing the node number. The command prompt displays:

Radius:

Either type the radius distance or graphically select a point or node that de-
fines the radius distance from the curve PC. The rubber band marker displays
the curve.

If you define a radius that is less than half the distance between the start point
and end point the command prompt displays:

ERROR: Invalid radius.

Continue (No/<Yes>):

Type y and press the Enter key to redefine the curve starting with re-selecting
the end point.

C. POC: Type poc and press the Enter key to select a point on a curve. The
command prompt displays:

Point on curve:

Graphically select a point on a curve, type a node’s number or the coordinates

of a point on the curve. The rubber band marker displays and the command
prompt displays:

End Point of curve:

Select the end point of the curve either by graphically selecting a point, typing
the X, Y coordinates or typing the node number.

D. PI: Type pi and press the Enter key to specify the curve PI point. The com-
mand prompt displays:

End point of curve:

Select the end point of the curve either by graphically selecting a point, typing
the X, Y coordinates or typing the node number and press the Enter key. The
command prompt displays:

PI direction:

6-18 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

A rubber band marker displays. Indicate the PI direction by graphically select-

ing a point, typing the X, Y coordinates or typing the node number and press
the Enter key.

E. RP: Type rp and press the Enter key to specify the curve radius point. The
command prompt displays:

Radius point:

Select the RP by graphically selecting a point, typing the XY coordinates or typ-

ing the node number and press the Enter key. The command prompt displays:

End point:

Select the end point of the curve either by graphically selecting a point, typing
the X, Y coordinates or typing the node number and press the Enter key.

A check will be done on the radius distance in and out of the curve. If they are not
equal, an error box displays. You may use the input points, where the radius dis-
tance defined going into the curve will be used, or re-enter the curve points. The
command prompt displays:

Is curve CW or <CCW>:

Type cw if the curve is clockwise or press the Enter key if the curve is
counter-clockwise.

4. Once three points have been defined for an area, the command prompt displays:

CLose/CCW/CW/POC/PI/RP/<next point>:

Either continue to select points, type node numbers or type X, Y coordinates until
the area is closed. The area is closed by either selecting the starting point again
or type CL (CLose) at the command prompt.

5. When the area is closed, the Calculate Area by Points dialog box displays (Figure
6-13). The dialog box displays the bearing and distance between all the points
you defined for the area. The precision of the bearing and distance is determined
by the overall system settings. The total area and perimeter are shown.

Reports 6-19
Eagle Point Software

Figure 6-13 Calculate Area by Points Dialog Box

Calculate Area by Object

The Calculate Area by Object command allows you to calculate areas by selecting
geometrically closed polylines. If the closed polyline selected is a lot, lot areas and
parent lot areas, if applicable, will be found. You also have the option to view all of
the defined lots in the drawing and select one to calculate the area of.

REPORTS → CALCULATE AREA BY OBJECT

Key-in Command: areabyobject Sidebar Menu Option: A by O:

Figure 6-14 Calculate Area by Object Dialog Box

6-20 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Calculating an Area by Object

To calculate an area by object, complete the following steps:

1. Select Calculate Area by Object from the Reports menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Lots/<object>:

A. Object: Press the Enter key to select an object or a series of objects to calcu-
late an area by. The command prompt displays:

Select Objects:

Graphically select the objects that define the boundary of the area. This may be in-
dividual lines, arcs and polylines. The prompt repeats until you press the Enter
key. The command prompt displays:

If the first selection is a geometrically closed polyline, no internal point

needs to be selected. The Calculate Area by Objects dialog box displays
(Figure 6-14).

Select Internal point near the beginning:

Graphically select a point inside the desired area. When you select a location,
the program will do a radial trace to find the closest line, arc, 2-D polyline, or
3-D polyline. The choice of a selection point will not only determine the
closed area being converted into a lot, but also the point of beginning and di-
rection of travel around the lot (clockwise or counter-clockwise). The direc-
tion will be from the point of beginning along the entity that is closest to the
selected location. See example in Figure 6-12. The command prompt displays:

Reject <Accept>:

i. Reject: Type r and press the Enter key to return to the Select Objects
prompt and reselect objects.

ii. Accept: Type a and press the Enter key or just press the Enter key to ac-
cept the boundary. Once you accept the objects the Calculate Area by Ob-
ject Dialog Box (Figure 6-14) displays.

B. Lots: Type L and press the Enter key to search for all of COGO’s defined lots. The
Defined Lots dialog box displays (Figure -). Highlight the lot to calculate the area of

Reports 6-21
Eagle Point Software

and click on the OK button. The plan view will show the lot highlighted, if within the
current view, and the Calculate Area by Object dialog box displays (Figure 6-14).

Figure 6-15 Defined Lots Dialog Box

3. Once the appropriate Calculate Area dialog box displays and you have reviewed
the data, click on the OK button to close the dialog box and complete the com-
mand.

Inverse Points

The Inverse Points command allows you to query lines or arcs that are defined by
points or nodes.

REPORTS → INVERSE POINTS

Key-in Command: inversepoints Sidebar Menu Option: Inv Pt:

Using Inverse Points

1. Select Inverse Points from the Reports menu.

2. The command prompt displays whether the printer status is on or off, and then
prompts for the starting point:

Printer Status Off

Start point:

The Printer status is a reflection of the toggle audit trail. See Toggle Audit
Trail on page 9-7 for more information. The data reported is identical to the
command line output displayed.

Either graphically select the node or point, type the numeric coordinates or type
the starting node number. After selecting the starting point, a rubber band displays.

6-22 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

3. If a point is input as the start point, the command prompt displays:

RP/CCw/CW/POc/PI/<next point>:

If a node was typed as the start point, the command prompt displays:

RP/CCw/CW/POc/PI/<Next point(-# for range)>:

A. Inputting a Point: If you input a point at the command prompt, the data dis-
played will be the endpoints of the line and the inverse of the line between the
endpoints.

To see all of the data on the screen, press the F2 key if you are in Windows
or press the F1 key if you are in DOS.

B. Inputting a Range of Nodes: If you want to inverse a range of nodes, the start
point must be a node. Type a minus (-) and the last node number in the range
of nodes to inverse. The inverses between each consecutive node are dis-
played in either ascending or descending order, depending on how the range
was typed. For instance, if the range is from 20-30, the inverses are displayed
in ascending order, while a range of 20-10 displays the inverses in descending
order. When you specify a range, press the F2 key if you are operating in a
Windows environment (press the F1 key if you are in DOS) to access the
AutoCAD text screen which displays information and prompts you to press
the Enter key to display more information.

When inversing by points or nodes, the last line point typed becomes the
starting line point and a rubber band displays originating from that point.
This allows you to inverse multiple points consecutively, without having to
redefine the last point at the first point.

C. RP: Type rp and press the Enter key to specify the curve radius point. The
command prompt displays:

Radius point:

Select the RP by graphically selecting a point, typing the X, Y coordinates or

typing the node number. The command prompt displays:

End point:

Select the end point of the curve either by graphically selecting a point, typing
the X, Y coordinates or typing the node number.

A check will be done on the radius distance in and out of the curve. If they are
not equal to the tolerance, an error box displays. You may use the input

Reports 6-23
Eagle Point Software

points, where the radius distance defined going into the curve will be used or
re-enter the curve points. The command prompt displays:

Is curve CW or <CCW>:

Type cw if the curve is clockwise or press the Enter key if the curve is coun-
terclockwise.

To see all of the data on the screen, press the F2 key if you are in Windows
or press the F1 key if you are in DOS.

D. CCw: Type cc and press the Enter key to define a curve in the counterclock-
wise direction. The command prompt displays:

Select End Point of Curve:

Select the end point of the curve either by graphically selecting a point, typing the
X, Y coordinates or typing the node number. The command prompt displays:

Radius:

Either type the radius distance or graphically select a point or node that de-
fines the radius distance from the curve PC. The rubber band marker displays
the curve.

To see all of the data on the screen, press the F2 key if you are in Windows
or press the F1 key if you are in DOS.

If you define a radius that is less than half the distance between the start point
and end point the command prompt displays:

ERROR: Invalid radius.

Continue (No/<Yes>):

Type y and press the Enter key to redefine the curve beginning with re-select-
ing the end point of the curve.

E. CW: Type cw and press the Enter key to define a curve in the clockwise di-
rection. The command prompt displays:

Select End Point of Curve:

Select the end point of the curve either by graphically selecting a point, typing
the X, Y coordinates or typing the node number. The command prompt dis-
plays:

Radius:

6-24 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Either type the radius distance or graphically select a point or node that de-
fines the radius distance from the curve PC. The rubber band marker displays
the curve.

To see all of the data on the screen, press the F2 key if you are in Windows
or press the F1 key if you are in DOS.

If you define a radius that is less than half the distance between the start point
and end point the command prompt displays:

ERROR: Invalid radius.

Continue (No/<Yes>):.

Type y and press the Enter key to redefine the curve beginning with re-select-
ing the end point of the curve.

F. POc: Type po and press the Enter key to select a point on a curve. The com-
mand prompt displays:

Point on curve:

Graphically select a point on a curve or type the X, Y coordinates of a point

on the curve. The rubber band marker displays and the command prompt dis-
plays:

End point of curve:

Select the end point of the curve either by graphically selecting a point, typing
the X, Y coordinates or typing the node number.

G. PI: Type pi and press the Enter key to specify the curve PI point. The com-
mand prompt displays:

End point of curve:

Select the end point of the curve either by graphically selecting a point, typing
the X, Y coordinates or typing the node number. The command prompt dis-
plays:

PI direction:

A rubber band marker displays. Indicate the PI direction by graphically select-

ing a point, typing the XY coordinates or typing the node number.

To see all of the data on the screen, press the F2 key if you are in Windows
or press the F1 key if you are in DOS.

Reports 6-25
Eagle Point Software

4. Output is based from system settings for the project. For instance, distances and
coordinates are displayed to the number of decimals set as the precision for dis-
tance and coordinates. The directions are displayed according to the node set for
direction, such as Bearing, North or South Azimuth, Radians, and Grads. The for-
mat of the angles are set either to decimal degrees or degrees, minutes, seconds.

Inverse Object

Use the Inverse Object command to query lines or arcs by selecting entities.

REPORTS → INVERSE OBJECT

Key-in Command: inverseobjects Sidebar Menu Option: Inv Obj:

Inversing an Object

To inverse an object, complete the following steps:

1. Select Inverse Object from the Reports menu. The command prompt indicates
whether the printer status is on or off:

2. The command prompt displays:

Printer Status OFF

select object near beginning:

The Printer status is a reflection of the toggle audit trail. See Toggle Audit
Trail on page 9-7 for more information. The data reported is identical to the
command line output displayed.

Graphically select an object. When you graphically select the object, the inverse
information for the object is displayed at the command prompt. COGO deter-
mines if the selection is a line or arc and reports the information accordingly. The
information with regards to directions is based on the selection point of the object.

Output is based on system settings for the project. For instance, distances and co-
ordinates are displayed to the number of decimals set as the precision for distance
and coordinates. The directions are displayed according to the node set for direc-
tion, such as Bearing, North or South Azimuth, Radians, and Grads. The format
of the angles are set either to decimal degrees or degrees, minutes, seconds.

3. Once the object is selected and the data displays, the command is complete.

6-26 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Inverse Alignment

Use the Inverse Alignment command to select an alignment and calculate the inverse
of the tangents and the curve data. The alignment you choose may be a COGO,
RoadCalc or Water Surface Profiling alignment or a polyline.

REPORTS → INVERSE ALIGNMENT

Key-in Command: invalign Sidebar Menu Option: Inv Aln

Figure 6-16 Inverse Alignment Dialog Box

Inversing an Alignment

To inverse an alignment, complete the following steps:

1. Select Inverse Alignment from the Reports menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

RoadCalc/Watersurface/<Select alignment>:

Reports 6-27
Eagle Point Software

Select the alignment to use. See Alignment Selection on page 2-11 for more de-
tails. If this is the first time the alignment has been selected, continue with step 3,
otherwise, continue with step 5.

3. The command prompt displays:

Beginning Station <0+00.00>:

Type the value for the beginning station and press the Enter key.

4. The command prompt displays:

Station Equations (Yes/<No>):

Type y and press the Enter key if you want to use station equations. The Station
Equations dialog box (Figure 2-2) displays. See Station Equations on page 2-9
for more information.

5. Type n and press the Enter key if you do not want to use station equations.

6. Once you select the alignment to inverse, the Inverse Alignment dialog box dis-
plays (Figure 6-16). Data shown in the Inverse Alignment dialog box includes
alignment length, BOP and EOP stations, and any station equations. You may
print a copy of the information by clicking on the Print button.

7. Click on the Close button to close the Inverse Alignment dialog box (Figure 6-16).

Stakeout Nodes

The Stakeout Nodes command allows you to input an occupied point, define a back-
sight direction, then find the angles and distances to selected nodes. You will be able
to choose the angle format listed as the angle for the Stakeout nodes report. A print-
out of the setup and angles to the nodes will be available.

REPORTS → STAKEOUT NODES

Key-in Command: stakeno Sidebar Menu Option: Stk Nd

6-28 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure 6-17 Stakeout Nodes Dialog Box

Occupied Point The dialog box will display the node number, northing, easting
and elevation of the occupied point.

Backsight The backsight point will reflect the input information. If a point
or node was typed, that information will be displayed and the
backsight direction will be calculated and shown.

BS Direction The type of backsight direction shown will vary based on the stake-
out angle type. If a backsight point was input, the direction will be
shown according to the angle format set in the Project Settings. See
the Installation manual for more information about Project Settings.

The stakeout angle format for the nodes may be selected from the pull-down list.
The available stakeout angle commands are:

Angle Right (default) Angle Left

Deflection Right Deflection Left
North Azimuth South Azimuth
Bearing

If you select bearing as the angle type to the stakeout nodes, COGO will determine
the quadrant in which each stakeout node resides and report the bearing ( NE, NW,
SE, SW). The stakeout nodes will be sorted by point number.

Staking Out Nodes

To stakeout nodes, complete the following steps:

Reports 6-29
Eagle Point Software

1. Select Stakeout Nodes from the Reports menu (Figure 6-1).

2. The command prompt displays:

Occupied point:

Graphically select a point or node or type a node number or coordinates. A rubber

band displays from the occupied point.

3. The command prompt displays:

Direction/<backsight point>:

A. Direction: Typing d and pressing the Enter key will display the standard di-
rection types. See page 2-4 for more information about these options.

B: backsight point: The backsight point option allows you to enter the node
number of the backsight, graphically select a node or graphically select a point
on the screen. Press the Enter key to select this option.

4. The command prompt displays:

Add mode.
Select nodes:

5. Select the nodes by any of the node selection methods as explained on page 2-1.
Any objects that are not nodes are filtered out. Press the Enter key to finish se-
lecting nodes. The Stakeout Nodes dialog box displays (Figure 6-17). Figure 6-18
has an example of the occupied point and shots taken to the nodes. Clicking on
the Print button will display the Stakeout Nodes Print dialog box (Figure 6-19).

Figure 6-18 Example of the Occupied Point and Shots

6-30 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure 6-19 Stakeout Nodes Print Dialog Box

Stakeout Boundary

The Stakeout Boundary command will allow you to input an initial occupied point, de-
fine a backsight direction, then calculate the angles and distances to traverse through the
defining points of the selected boundary. These points will be endpoints or vertices of
lines, curve PC and PT points. You will be able to choose the format of the angle to the
points around the stakeout boundary. A custom printout is available.

REPORTS → STAKEOUT BOUNDARY

Key-in command: stakebn Sidebar Menu Option: Stk Bnd

Reports 6-31
Eagle Point Software

Figure 6-20 Stakeout Boundary Dialog Box

Start Point Displays Node number, Northing, Easting, and elevation of the
start point.

Backsight Point Displays the input information and calculates and displays the
backsight direction.

B S Direction The type of backsight direction shown will vary based on the stakeout
angle type. The backsight direction input if a backsight direction was
input will be shown. If a backsight point was input, the direction will
be shown according to the angle format set in the Project Settings.

The stakeout angle format for nodes may be selected from the
pull-down list. The available stakeout angle commands are:

Angle Right (default) Angle Left

Deflection Right Deflection Left
North Azimuth South Azimuth
Bearing

Stakeout The Stakeout boundary points will start from the boundary begin-
Boundary ning point and find the angle and distance to the next boundary
Points point and traverse to that point. The occupied point becomes the
next boundary point and the previous boundary point is used as
the backsight point. An example of the stakeout boundary is
shown in Figure 6-22. The angle and distance to the next point
will be found. The points will be listed consecutively, whether
traveling CW or CCW around the boundary.

6-32 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Staking Out a Boundary

To stakeout a boundary, complete the following steps:

1. Select Stakeout Boundary from the Reports menu.

2. The prompt displays:

Starting Point:

select a starting point by graphically selecting a point or by typing in a node

number or XY coordinates. A rubber band line will display from that point.

3. The command prompt displays:

Direction/<backsight point>:

A. Direction: Typing d and pressing the Enter key will display the standard di-
rection types. See page 2-4 for more information about these options.

B: backsight point: The backsight point option allows you to enter the node
number of the backsight, graphically select a node or graphically select a point
on the screen.

4. A boundary must now be defined to calculate the stakeout data. The command
prompt displays:

Lots/Epoly/<select closed polyline>:

You may graphically select a closed polyline, select predefined lots from a listing, go
to the lots contained within the drawing or use EPoly to develop a boundary. At this
prompt you may select a lot, a point for a Epolyline or a closed polyline.

A. Lots: Type L and press the Enter key to search for all of COGO’s predefined lots.
The Defined Lots dialog box (Figure 6-21) displays. Select the lot to stakeout the
boundary and click on the OK button. The Stakeout Boundary dialog box displays.

Reports 6-33
Eagle Point Software

Figure 6-21 Defined Lots Dialog Box

B. Epoly: Type e and press the Enter key to select a point for the Epolyline.
The command prompt displays:

Select internal point near beginning:

Graphically select a point inside the Epolyline. The selected Epolyline is high-
lighted. COGO does a radial trace for the nearest boundary. The point you se-
lected will also determine the beginning point of the area and the direction of
travel around the area. COGO finds and highlights the boundary enclosing the
point you selected.

When you select a location, the program will do a radial trace to find the closest
line, arc, 2-D polyline, or 3-D polyline. The choice of a selection point will not
only determine the closed area being converted into a lot, but also the point of be-
ginning and direction of travel around the lot (clockwise or counterclockwise).
The direction will be from the point of beginning along the entity that is closest to
the selected location. See the example in Figure 6-12 on page 6-16.

Retry/<Accept>:

i. Retry: Type r and press the Enter key to reselect the internal point for the
Epolyline.

ii. Accept: Press the Enter key to accept the Epolyline. The Stakeout Bound-
ary dialog box (Figure 6-20) displays.

The defining boundary points and the bearing and distance between is dis-
played in the Calculate Area by EPoly dialog box (Figure 6-11). The preci-
sion of the bearing and distance shown is determined by the Project
Settings. For more information about Project Settings, see the Installation
manual. If the EPoly found is a lot, the top of the dialog box displays the in-
formation associated with the lot.

If COGO doesn’t find any boundary around the point, the command
prompt displays:

ERROR: no boundary found

6-34 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

COGO prompts you to reselect an internal point.

C. Select Closed Polyline: Graphically select a closed polyline.

5. Once the boundary has been selected, the command is complete.

Figure 6-22 Stakeout Boundary Traversing

Stakeout Alignment

The Stakeout Alignment command will select an alignment and generate a stakeout
to each centerline station at user specified intervals. The stakeout data will be devel-
oped as though the alignment were a traverse. An initial start point and backsight
will be selected, from which an angle and distance will be given to the Beginning of
Project (BOP). From the BOP, angles and distances will be given to the center line
stations. Each significant point along the alignment, a PI, PC, PT, TS, SC, CS, ST or
station equation point will be used as a new occupied point for the stakeout. That
alignment can be a COGO alignment, RoadCalc alignment, Water Surface Profil-
ing alignment or a polyline.

When using the Stakeout Alignment command, two dialog boxes will display, the
Stakeout Alignment Station Interval dialog box (Figure 6-23) and the Stakeout
Alignment dialog box (Figure 6-24).

REPORTS → STAKEOUT ALIGNMENT

Key-in Command: Stakeal Sidebar Menu Option: Stk Aln

Reports 6-35
Eagle Point Software

Figure 6-23 Stakeout Alignment Station Interval Dialog Box

Alignment The overall Station Interval used for the whole alignment. The item
specified will be used on all segments. For example, if the align-
ment station interval is set at 50, all stations that are a multiple of 50
will be calculated, 0+00, 0+50, 1+00, 1+50, etc., in addition, each
alignment segment may have other stations calculated.

Maximum The maximum shot length to be used. When the length specified
Distance is reached, no shot will be taken with a longer distance. Instead,
the occupied station will be traversed to the last location shot and
the stakeout continued from there.

Tangent The station interval between tangents shots set to either Absolute
or Relative to PT.

Curves The Station Interval between curve shots set to either Absolute
or Relative to PC.

Spirals The Station Interval between spirals shots set to either Absolute
or Relative to TS/CS.

The absolute and relative apply to the stationing method used for
the shots to be taken. Absolute means the stations that are a mul-
tiple of the station interval will be calculated. For example, abso-
lute with a station of 25 means stations of 2 +00, 2+25, 2+50,
2+75, 3+00, etc., would be calculated.

Relative means the stations are calculated by adding the station in-
terval to the occupied point station. For example, with the settings
shown in Figure 6-23 relative on a curve with a station interval of
25 and a PC station of 8+32.75, stations 8+57.75, 9+07.75, etc.,
would be calculated. In addition, the alignment station interval
would be used also. Therefore, station 9+00 would be used.

6-36 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure 6-24 Stakeout Alignment Dialog Box

Alignment This identifies the alignment selected and what it has been named.

Length The length of the alignment.

BOP The Back and Ahead station for the beginning of the project.

EOP The Back and Ahead station for the end of the project.

Start Point The node number, northing, easting and elevation of the start point.

Backsight The node number, northing, easting and elevation of the backsight point.

BS Direction The type of backsight direction shown will vary based on the
stakeout angle type. And the backsight direction input if a back-
sight direction was input that will be shown. If a backsight point
was input, the direction will be shown according to the angle for-
mat set in the Project Settings. See the Installation manual for
more information.

The stakeout angle format for the nodes may be selected from
the pull-down list. The available stakeout angle commands are:

Angle Right (default) Angle Left

Deflection Right Deflection Left
North Azimuth South Azimuth
Bearing

Reports 6-37
Eagle Point Software

Stakeout In a display box, the point type, station, angle type, distance and
Alignment node number, if applicable, display for the entire alignment.

Staking Out an Alignment

To stakeout an alignment, complete the following steps:

1. Select Stakeout Alignment from the Reports menu (Figure 6-1).

2. The command prompt displays:

Occupied point:

Graphically select a point or node or type a node number or XY coordinates. When

the occupied point is selected, a rubber band displays from that point as the backsight
selection is made.

3. The command prompt displays:

Direction/<backsight point>:

A. Direction: Typing d and pressing the Enter key will display the standard di-
rection types. See page 2-4 for more information about these options.

B: backsight point: The backsight point option allows you to enter the node
number of the backsight, graphically select a node or graphically select a point
on the screen.

4. After defining the occupied point and backsight direction are defined, the com-
mand prompt displays:

RoadCalc/Watersurface/<select alignment>:

Select the alignment to use. See Alignment Selection on page 2-11 for more de-
tails.

5. Once the alignment is selected, the Stakeout Alignment Station Interval dialog
box (Figure 6-23) displays. The stations calculated in the stakeout are determined
by these settings.

6. Clicking on the OK button displays the Stakeout Alignment dialog box (Figure 6-
24).

Figure 6-25 shows an example of how the stakeout alignment traverses through
an alignment.

6-38 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure 6-25 Traversing Through an Alignment

Reports 6-39
Eagle Point Software

6-40 COGO
 7.0 Alignments
The Alignments menu (Figure 7-1) contains options used to establish streets, ease-
ments and right-of-ways. The options available on this menu are used to establish
alignments by converting objects or traversing the alignment; cleanup extra lines at
the intersection of two or more roadways; establish offset lines to alignments for util-
ity lines, edges of pavement, curb lines, sidewalks, property lines, easement lines and
right-of-way lines; and create three types of cul-de-sacs.

Once an alignment has been established, it can be used in conjunction with other
commands including: Solve Node by Station/Offset, Calculate Station/Offset, In-
verse Alignment, Stakeout Alignment or any commands located in chapters 4.0 and
6.0 of this manual.

Figure 7-1 Alignments Menu

Convert Objects to Alignment

The Convert Objects to Alignment option converts existing objects, lines, arcs and 2-
D polylines into COGO alignments. All objects must touch one another at their end-
points and should be planar. The converted objects will be 2-D polylines with
information specific to that particular alignment on the current layer.

ALIGNMENTS → CONVERT OBJECTS TO ALIGNMENT

Key-in Command: coalign Sidebar Menu Option: Cnv O-A

Converting Objects to an Alignment

To convert objects to an alignment, complete the following steps:

Alignments 7-1
Eagle Point Software

1. Select Convert Objects → Alignment from the Alignments menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Please choose all objects on the alignment:

ADD mode
Equations/<Select objects>:

A. Equations: Type e and press the Enter key to access the Station Equation dia-
log box (Figure 2-2) for this alignment. See Station Equations on page 2-9 for
an explanation of the Station Equations options.

B. Select Objects: Graphically select all the objects belonging to the alignment
with the Pick button. The selected objects will be temporarily highlighted on
the screen. After everything has been selected, press the Enter key to accept
the choices.

3. The command prompt displays:

Please pick a point near the beginning of the alignment:

graphically select a location. This selection controls both the location of the start
point of the alignment and the direction of the alignment.

4. The command prompt displays:

Station value at start point <0 + 00.00>:

Type the value for the station value and press the Enter key. The command
prompt indicates the number of segments converted and the command is com-
plete.

When you type a new value, it becomes the current default value for future uses
of this command. The station can be typed with or without the plus sign.

Traverse Alignment

The Traverse Alignment command may be used to place nodes and polylines in the
drawing by typing field book survey data. You can input tangent segments; traverse
through circular curves, combine spirals and transition spirals; or enter non-tangent
curves and non-tangent exiting segments.

If the Toggle Draw Lines option is off, lines are not drawn by this command,
and if the Toggle Draw Nodes option is off, nodes are not drawn or placed.

ALIGNMENTS → TRAVERSE ALIGNMENT

7-2 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Key-in command: traval Sidebar Menu Option: Trav Aln

Traversing an Alignment

To traverse an alignment, complete the following steps:

1. Select Traverse Alignment from the Alignments menu (Figure 7-1 on page 7-1).

2. The command prompt displays:

Style/Node Input options/Batch/<Batch = OFF>:

You may type the node number or change any of the setting options.

A. Style: Type s and press the Enter key. Use this option to set the active field
code. See Set Active Field Code on page 9-5 for more information.

If the Node Style used does not contain a description attribute, you will not
be prompted for a description regardless of the Set Node Input settings.

B. Node Input options: Type n and press the Enter key. The Node Input options
determines what COGO prompts you for. For more information on Node In-
put options, see Set Node Input Options on page 9-6.

C. Batch: Type b and press the Enter key to use this command to record the data
you type. See Batch Manager on page 3-1 for more information.

3. The command prompt displays:

Equations/<Start point> :

A. Equations: Type e and press the Enter key to access the Station Equations
dialog box (Figure 2-2). For details, see Station Equations on page 2-9.

B. Start point: Either graphically select a location or type a valid point number or
XY coordinates separated by a comma (X,Y or X,Y,Z).

If the Toggle Draw Nodes option is off, or a node already exists at the
selected location, this step is bypassed.

4. After adjusting the settings and selecting a start point, the command prompt dis-
plays:

Station value at start point <0 + 00.00>:

Alignments 7-3
Eagle Point Software

The station can be typed with or without the plus sign ( + ). The initial default
value for the station at the start point is 0 + 00.00. When a new value is typed, it
becomes the current default value for future uses of the command.

You may then be prompted to confirm the node location and enter the node
number, elevation and description.

5. Once the alignment start point is input, the command prompt displays:

Current component=line.
s.In/s.Out/coMbine/Curve/New tangent direction/<tangent>:

The current component is the geometric entity to be placed next. You may switch
to any of the available options listed in the prompt. The available options and an
explanation of how to use them follows:

A. Line: Type L and press the Enter key to activate the Line option.

Whenever starting an alignment traverse, the default direction will be due

east. You will need to use a new tangent direction to set the direction desired.
If the line being placed is not the first course of the alignment, the direction
will be tangent to the last entity input. To change the direction, use new tan-
gent direction.

Once the line direction is established, you will input the line length. The com-
mand prompt displays:

Station of next point/Horizontal distance options/<Horizontal

distance>:

i. Station of next point: Type s and press the Enter key to select this dis-
tance option, which enables you to input the station of the next node. The
command prompt displays:

Station of next point <0+00.00>:

The value typed must be greater than the station at the beginning of this
segment and station equations must be accounted for. The station can be
typed with or without the plus sign.

ii. Horizontal distance options: Type h and press the Enter key to define the
distance with any of the distance type options. For more information, see
Distance Types on page 2-7.

iii. Horizontal distance: Either type a valid positive distance and skip to the
end of this step or choose one of the other options in the prompt.

B. s.In: Type i and press the Enter key to cancel the Circular Curve routine and
change the component to Spiral In.

7-4 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

After choosing Spiral In, the Traverse Spiral In dialog box (Figure 7-2) dis-
plays. Type the appropriate spiral information.

Figure 7-2 Traverse Spiral In Dialog Box

Degree of Type a value in this field and press the Tab key. COGO calcu-
Curve [arc] lates and displays the Degree of Curve [chord] and Radius fields.
If the prior segment was a curve segment, the dialog box will be
filled with those variables.

Degree of Type a value in this field and press the Tab key. COGO calcu-
Curve [chord] lates and displays the Degree of Curve [arc] and Radius fields. If
the prior segment was a curve segment, the dialog box will be
filled with those variables.

Radius Type a value in this field and press the Tab key. COGO calcu-
lates and displays the Degree of Curve [arc] and Degree of Curve
[chord] fields. If the prior segment was a curve segment, the dia-
log box will be filled with those variables.

Clockwise The default will be clockwise for the toggle the first time. Any time
after that, the default setting will be the last used curve direction.

Spiral Length Type a value in this field and press the Tab key. The remaining
curve parameters below the clockwise toggle calculate and display.

Alignments 7-5
Eagle Point Software

SC Station Type a value in this field and press the Tab key. The remaining
curve parameters below the clockwise toggle are calculated and
displayed.

If the Toggle Draw Lines option is off, lines will not be drawn. If the Toggle
Draw Lines option is on, COGO will construct the spiral in curved seg-
ments. The default description for the end of a Spiral In will be SC. The
default component after a Spiral In will be a Circular Curve.

C. s.Out: Type o and press the Enter key to change the component to Spiral Out.

After choosing a component, the Traverse Spiral Out dialog box (Figure 7-3)
displays. Type the appropriate spiral information.

Figure 7-3 Traverse Spiral Out Dialog Box

Degree of Type a value in this field and press the Tab key. COGO calcu-
Curve [arc] lates and displays the Degree of Curve [chord] and Radius fields.
If the prior segment was a curve segment, the dialog box will be
filled with those variables.

Degree of Type a value in this field and press the Tab key. COGO calcu-
Curve [chord] lates and displays the Degree of Curve [arc] and Radius fields. If
the prior segment was a curve segment, the dialog box will be
filled with those variables.

7-6 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Radius Type a value in this field and press the Tab key. COGO calcu-
lates and displays the Degree of Curve [arc] and Degree of Curve
[chord] fields. If the prior segment was a curve segment, the dia-
log box will be filled with those variables.

Clockwise The default will be clockwise for the toggle the first time. Any
time after that, the default setting will be the last used curve di-
rection.

Spiral Length Type a value in this field and press the Tab key. The remaining
curve parameters below the clockwise toggle are calculated and
displayed.

ST Station Type a value in this field and press the Tab key. The remaining
curve parameters below the clockwise toggle are calculated and
displayed.

If the Toggle Draw Lines option is off, lines will not be drawn. If the Toggle
Draw Lines option is on COGO will construct the spiral in curved segments.
The default description for the end of a Spiral Out will be ST. The default
component after Spiral Out will be Line.

D. coMbine: Type m and press the Enter key to change the component to Com-
bining Spiral.

A combining spiral provides a gradual curvature change to transition between

two circular curves having different radii or degrees of curvature. The normal
insertion of a combining spiral into an alignment involves laying in the first
circular curve. To input the combining spiral, which captures the radius from
the first curve, type the radius or degree of curvature for the next circular
curve and specify a length for the spiral curve. Then, place the second circu-
lar curve, which captures the radius as specified in the Traverse Spiral Out.

Alignments 7-7
Eagle Point Software

Figure 7-4 Traverse Combining Spiral Dialog Box

Starting Curve Data:

Degree of Type a value in this field and press the Tab key. COGO calcu-
Curve [arc] lates and displays the Degree of Curve [chord] and Radius fields.
If the prior segment was a curve segment, the dialog box will be
filled with those variables.

Degree of Type a value in this field and press the Tab key. COGO calcu-
Curve [chord] lates and displays the Degree of Curve [arc] and Radius fields.

Radius Type a value in this field and press the Tab key. COGO calcu-
lates and displays the Degree of Curve [arc] and Degree of Curve
[chord] fields.

Clockwise The default will be clockwise for the toggle the first time. Any time
after that, the default setting will be the last used curve direction.

Ending Curve Data:

Degree of When a value is typed in this field and the Tab key is pressed,
Curve [arc] COGO calculates and displays the corresponding values for the
Degree of Curve [chord] and Radius fields.

7-8 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Degree of When a value is typed in this field and the Tab key is pressed,
Curve [chord] COGO will calculate and display the corresponding values for the
Degree of Curve [arc] and Radius fields.

Radius When a value is typed in this field and the Tab key is pressed,
COGO will calculate and display the corresponding values for
the Degree of Curve [arc] and Degree of Curve [chord] fields.

If the prior segment was a curve segment, the dialog box will be filled with
those variables.

Spiral Length Enter a value in this field and press the Tab key. The remaining
curve parameters below the clockwise toggle are calculated and
displayed.

SC Station Enter a value in this field and press the Tab key. The remaining
curve parameters below the clockwise toggle are calculated and
displayed.

If the Toggle Draw Lines option is off, lines will not be drawn. If the Toggle
Draw Lines option is on, COGO will construct the spiral in curved seg-
ments. The default description for the end of a Combining Spiral will be SC.
The default component after a Combining Spiral will be a Circular Curve.

E. Curve: Type c and press the Enter key to change the component to Circular
Curve.

Once the radial direction is established, the Traverse Circular Curve dialog
box (Figure 7-5) displays. Type the appropriate information.

Alignments 7-9
Eagle Point Software

Figure 7-5 Traverse Circular Curve Dialog Box

The top three fields of the dialog box control the curvature. They are all interrelated
and when one of them is specified, the other two are calculated and displayed.

The clockwise toggle controls the direction of the curve. If the toggle is turned off,
the curve will be constructed in a counter-clockwise direction.

The remaining eight fields are all interrelated methods of specifying the length of the
curve. Again, when one of them is specified and the Tab key is pressed, the remain-
ing fields are calculated and displayed in the dialog box.

Degree of Type a value in this field and press the Tab key. COGO calcu-
Curve [arc] lates and displays the Degree of Curve [arc] and Radius fields.

Degree of Type a value in this field and press the Tab key. COGO calcu-
Curve [chord]: lates and displays the Degree of Curve [chord] and Radius fields.

Radius Type a value in this field and press the Tab key. COGO calcu-
lates and displays the Degree of Curve [arc] and Degree of Curve
[chord] fields.

If the prior segment was a spiral in or combining spiral, the dialog box will
be filled with those variables.

Clockwise The initial default will be turned on to place a clockwise circular

curve. After that the default setting will be the last one used.

7-10 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Delta Angle Input the known deflection angle or delta angle of the curve here
based on the units selected in the Project Settings under the EP menu
(degrees, degrees minute and seconds, grads, or mils). When degrees,
minutes, and seconds are used, the format is to put degrees to the left
of the decimal point and minutes and seconds to the right. For exam-
ple, 15.1234 represents 15 degrees, 12 minutes, and 34 seconds,
15.123456 represents 15 degrees, 12 minutes, and 34.56 seconds.

Tangent Type a value here for the tangent length of the curve. For exam-
Length ple, the straight line length from the PC to the PI which equals
the straight line length from the PI to the PT.

Arc Length Type a value here for the length of the chord. For example, the
straight line length from the PC to the PT.

External Type a value here for the straight line distance from the PI of the
curve to the midpoint of the curve, in the direction toward the ra-
dius point of the curve.

Middle Type a value here for the straight line distance from the arc of
Ordinate the curve to the chord of the curve along the line between the PI
and the radius point of the curve.

Curve PI Type a value here for the station of the PI of the curve measured
Station along the tangent line of the curve. This is another method of
typing the tangent length of the curve based on stationing with-
out having to subtract the station of the PC from that of the PI.

PT./CS. Type a value here for the station of the end of the circular curve
Station measured along the arc of the curve. This is another method of
typing the arc length of the curve based on stationing without
having to subtract the station of the PC from that of the PT or CS.

F. New tangent direction: Type n and press the Enter key to establish a new di-
rection for the line. The command prompt now displays the COGO directional
prompt:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction Point>:

There are five options for input:

i. ABsolute: This option allows you to input a bearing or an azimuth. Type

ab and press the Enter key to select this direction option. The command
prompt displays:

AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/POint/<NE>[45° 00′ 00″]:

To enter a bearing, precede the angle with an alpha prefix to specify the
quadrant. You may also input an asterisk (*) before the number specifying

Alignments 7-11
Eagle Point Software

the quadrant to get the same angle. This involves placing just the quadrant
number in front of the angle turned.

Quadrants: NE=1, SE=2, SW=3, NW=4.

Examples

North 72° 34′ East can be entered NE72.34 or *172.34.

South 55° 27′ 20″ East can be entered SE55.2720 or *255.2720.
South 5° 59′ 21″ West can be entered SW5.5921 or *35.5921.
North 20° 5′ 36″ West can be entered NW20.0536 of*420.0536.

All quadrant entries have an angular range for 0-90 degrees.

You may input angles in decimal degrees (DDD.DDDD) or degrees, min-

utes, seconds (DDD.MMSS) depending on the Units setting under Edit
Project Settings.

To enter an azimuth, precede the angle with an alpha prefix to specify

North or South azimuth. You may also input an asterisk (*) with the
number for the azimuth.

Azimuths: NA=5, SA=6

Examples

North Azimuth 77° 25′ can be entered NA77.25 or *577.25.

South Azimuth 356° 23′15″ can be entered SA356.2315 or *6356.2315.

All azimuths have a degree range of 0-360 degrees.

ii. AUtocad: This option allows you to input angles in the current AutoCAD
format. Type au and press the Enter key to select this option. The com-
mand prompt displays:

ABsolute/Backsight/Fpsp/POint/<AUtocad>:

Type in the angle desired and press the Enter key. For more information,
refer to the AutoCAD 12 Reference Manual or the AutoCAD 13 User’s
Guide.

iii. Backsight: This option allows you to set the backsight for the point. Type
b and press the Enter key to select this option. The command prompt dis-
plays:

7-12 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/POint/ABsolute/<AR>[45° 00′ 00″]:

To input an Angle Right or Left or a Deflection Angle, precede the angle

with an alpha prefix designating the angle type. You may also enter an as-
terisk (*) and a number specifying the angle type to get the same results.

Angles: AL=7, AR=8, DL=9, DR=0

Examples

Angle Left=45° 15′ can be entered AL45.15 or *745.15.

Deflection Right=5° 56′ can be entered DR5.56 or *05.56.

Angle ranges for any angle type is 0-360 degrees.

To input a bearing or azimuth as a backsight, or to specify a backsight

point, type b again and press the Enter key. The command prompt dis-
plays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Fpsp/<backsight Point>:

To input the backsight point graphically select a point, type in the point or
node number and press the Enter key, or enter the X, Y or X, Y, Z coordi-
nates of a point and press the Enter key. To enter a backsight as a bearing
or azimuth type ab and enter the angle.

iv. Fpsp: This option allows you to pick two points to establish the direction
of the line. “Fpsp” stands for first point, second point. Type f and press
the Enter key to select this option. The command prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/POint/<First point>:

Graphically select a point, type in the point or node number and press the
Enter key, or enter the X, Y or X, Y, Z coordinates of a point and press the
Enter key. The command prompt displays:

Second point:

Either graphically select a node or point, enter a node number, or type the
coordinates of the second direction point.

v. direction POint: This is the initial default for selecting a new direction.
Graphically select a point or node, type in a point or node number and
press the Enter key, or enter the X, Y or X, Y, Z coordinates of a point and
press the Enter key.

Alignments 7-13
Eagle Point Software

When the backsight direction is set, you can input the turned angle type and
angle. The default angle type is shown in < >. If you input a different direction
type, that will become the default. If this angle type is correct, you only need
to enter the turned angle. See Distance Types on page 2-7 for more informa-
tion.

The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and descrip-
tion based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input op-
tions. The prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<)
and greater than (>) signs.

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore/<next
available node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

The description default is determined by the segment just placed, which could
be any of the following:

Start Point P.O.B. Spiral Out S.T.

Spiral In S.C. Combining Spiral S. C.
Curve P.T., R.P. Line P.I.

The command will continue and will default to different components depend-
ing on which component was just placed. You always have the ability to over-
ride these default selections, but they are included to speed up the alignment
process. These defaults are as follows:

Completed component: Next component default:

Line Circular Curve

Spiral In Circular Curve
Spiral Out Line

7-14 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Combining Spiral Circular Curve

Circular Curve Line

G. Tangent: Type t and press the Enter key to set up the line to be tangent to the
previous component or continue in the same direction as a previous line. If this is
the first course of the alignment, the default direction for Tangent is the Auto-
CAD angle of 0 degrees, or East.

6. Once the entity has been placed in the project drawing, the command is complete.

Intersect Roads

The Intersect Roads option removes intersecting lines from intersections and places
return curves for corresponding offset lines (such as curve lines, right-of-way lines,
property lines, etc.).

ALIGNMENTS → INTERSECT ROADS

Key-in Command: introad Sidebar Menu Option: Int Rd

Intersecting Roads

To intersect roads, complete the following steps:

1. Select Intersect Roads from the Alignments menu (Figure 7-1 on page 7-1).

2. The command prompt displays:

Select first offset line from road:

Select objects:

Graphically select the lines that represent the R.O.W., Edge of Pavement, prop-
erty lines, etc. that cross through an intersection.

3. The command prompt displays:

Select segment to remove: <exit>:

COGO uses the selected lines as cutting edges and removes the selected portions.
You should continue to select segments until the desired ones have all been re-
moved. To continue, type x and press the Enter key, or just press the Enter key.

4. The command prompt displays:

Select Radius for fillet <25.00> :

Alignments 7-15
Eagle Point Software

Either press the Enter key to accept the default or type a radius. The initial de-
fault is 25.00. Type 0 and press the Enter key to end the command.

5. The command prompt displays:

Select the first fillet line:

Graphically select any of the previously selected offset lines. Press the Enter key
to end the command.

6. The command prompt displays:

Select second fillet line:

Graphically select the corresponding line from the other roadway that you want
to join with a curve. The curve is then drawn and the tangent lines from the PC to
the PI and the PI to the PT are removed.

7. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and description
based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options. The
prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

8. Step 78 is run through 3 times to set the nodes for the fillet curve at the PC, PT
and RP. The command returns to step 3 to place another fillet curve at one of the
other intersections.

To exit this command at anytime, press the Control and C keys simultane-
ously for AutoCAD 12 or the Esc key for AutoCAD 13.

You cannot use this command to breakup an established alignment from

COGO, RoadCalc or Water Surface Profiling. If you want to do that, you
must explode the alignment first.

Offset Alignment

The Offset Alignment command places linework parallel to an alignment. The align-
ment can be a COGO alignment, a RoadCalc alignment, a Water Surface Profiling
alignment, a polyline, an arc or a line. Before defining the offset distance or the side to

7-16 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

offset, you must graphically select an alignment or convert an object into an align-
ment.

ALIGNMENTS → OFFSET ALIGNMENT

Key-in Command: offsetalign Sidebar Menu Option: Off Aln

When using the Offset Alignment command, all running osnaps should be
toggled off.

Creating an Offset Alignment

To create an offset alignment, complete the following steps:

1. Select Offset Alignment from the Alignments menu (Figure 7-1 on page 7-1).

2. The command prompt displays:

RoadCalc/Watersurface/<Select Alignment>:

Select the alignment to use. See Alignment Selection on page 2-11 for more details.

3. The command prompt displays:

Offset Left/Right/<Both> :

A. Left: Type L and press the Enter key to place an offset line on the left side of
the alignment.

B. Right: Type r and press the Enter key to place an offset line on the right side
of the alignment

C. Both: Type b and press the Enter key or just press the Enter key to place an
offset line on both sides of the alignment.

4. After this selection is made, the command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Offset Distance>:

Define the distance with any of the distance type options. From more informa-
tion, see page 2-7.

5. COGO draws the offset lines.

Alignments 7-17
Eagle Point Software

Draw Bulb Cul-de-Sac

COGO requires that you specify the location of the center of the bulb, radius of the
cul-de-sac and the radius of the curb entrances. A centerline and two right-of way
(parallel) lines are placed. These lines may be tangents or curves.

ALIGNMENTS → DRAW BULB CUL-DE-SAC

Key-in Command: culbulb Sidebar Menu Option: Bulb Cul

Drawing a Bulb Cul-de-Sac

1. Select Draw Bulb Cul-de-Sac from the Alignment menu (Figure 7-1 on page 7-
1).

2. The command prompt displays:

Select Center Point Location or Enter Node Number:

Graphically select the point or type the node number and press the Enter key.

3. The command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Radius Distance>:

Input the cul-de-sac radius by defining the distance with any of the distance type
options. From more information, see page 2-7.

4. The command prompt displays:

Select R.O.W. Line:

Graphically select the first R.O.W line or edge of pavement line going into the
cul-de-sac.

5. The command prompt displays:

Select R.O.W. Line:

Graphically select the second R.O.W. line or edge of pavement line going into
the cul-de-sac.

6. The command prompt reads:

7-18 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Select segment to remove: <eXit>

Graphically select the right-of-way line segment to remove from the cul-de-sac.
Move the cross hairs to a location on the line segment to be removed from the cul-
de-sac and click.

COGO will continue to prompt you to select a segment to remove until all
the segments are removed. Press the Enter key to exit this phase.

7. After removing all segments, type x on the AutoCAD command line and press
the Enter key, the command prompt displays:

Select Radius for fillet <default>:

Either press the Enter key to accept the default or type a radius distance which
becomes the default.

8. The command prompt displays:

Select first fillet line:

Graphically select the first R.O.W line for the fillet.

9. The command prompt displays:

Select second fillet line:

Graphically select the bulb of the cul-de-sac as the second line segment for the fil-
let. COGO draws the fillet curve in and removes the lines from the former inter-
section point to the PT and the PRC.

10. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and descrip-
tion based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options.
The prompts that are possible will appear in the following order:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Alignments 7-19
Eagle Point Software

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next available node

#>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number, select
Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select Ignore
to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node number. If
you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

11. Step 10 is run through 3 times to set the PC, RP and PT nodes for the fillet
curve. You return to the command prompt:

Select Radius for fillet <r>:

Where r is the default value that was used to place the first fillet curve. Although
you can type a new value, normally you would press the Enter key to accept the
same radius that was placed on the other side of the cul-de-sac.

12. The command prompt displays:

Select the first fillet line:

Graphically select the bulb of the cul-de-sac as the first line segment for the fillet.

13. The command prompt displays:

Select second fillet line:

Graphically select the second R.O.W. line for the fillet. COGO will then draw the
second point and lines to the PC, and the PRC node placement will then proceed
three times through step 10 to place the nodes depending on Toggle Draw Nodes
option and Node Input settings.

Draw Hammer Cul-de-Sac

COGO requires a specific center point of the cul-de-sac, the dimensions of the ham-
mer, the back tangent direction and the radii or the curb entrances to draw a hammer
cul-de-sac. Before beginning this command, a centerline and two (parallel) right-of-
way lines must be created. The lines may be tangents or curves.

ALIGNMENTS → DRAW HAMMER CUL-DE-SAC

Key-in Command: culhammer Sidebar Menu Option: Ham Cul

7-20 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Drawing a Hammer Cul-de-Sac

1. Select Draw Hammer Cul-de-Sac from the Alignments menu (Figure 7-1 on
page 7-1).

2. The command prompt displays:

Select Center Point Location or Enter Node Number:

Graphically select the point or type the node number and press the Enter key.

3. The command prompt displays:

Select Back Tangent Direction or Enter Node Number:

Graphically select the direction of the back tangent or type the node number and
press the Enter key. This entry will determine the cul-de-sac orientation.

4. The command prompt displays:

Hammer width:

Type the dimension and press the Enter key.

5. The command prompt displays:

Hammer Depth:

Type the dimension and press the Enter key. COGO will then draw the hammer
on the screen.

6. The command prompt displays:

Select R.O.W. Line:

Graphically select the first R.O.W. line.

7. The command prompt displays:

Select R.O.W. Line:

Graphically select the second R.O.W. line.

8. The command prompt displays:

Select segment to remove: <eXit>

Alignments 7-21
Eagle Point Software

Graphically select the right-of-way line segment to remove from the cul-de-sac.
Move the cross hairs to the location on the line segment to remove from the cul-
de-sac and click or type x and press the Enter key to stop selecting segments to
be removed.

COGO will continue to prompt you to select a segment to remove, until all
the segments are removed. Then, press the Enter key to exit this phase.

9. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and description
based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options. The
prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next
available node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

Step 9 is repeated four times to set the nodes for the four outside corners of the
hammer.

10. The command prompt displays:

Select radius for fillet <default>:

Press the Enter key to accept the default radius or type a new radius and press
the Enter key. The new value becomes the default.

11. The command prompt displays:

Select first fillet line:

7-22 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Graphically select either a R.O.W line or the leg of the hammer that it joins. Keep
in mind that the line you select will have the first node placed on it for the PC,
then the RP and finally the PT on the second line selected.

12. The command prompt displays:

Select second fillet line:

Graphically select the line that you didn’t select in the previous step. COGO
places the fillet curve and removes the lines from the former intersection point to
the PC and the PT. Node placement will then proceed three times through step 9
to place the nodes for the fillet curve depending on Toggle Draw Nodes option
and Node Input option settings.

13. The command prompt displays:

Select Radius for fillet <r>:

COGO now runs through steps 11 and 12 again to place the fillet curve on the
other side of the entrance to the Hammer cul-de-sac.

Draw Offset Cul-de-Sac

COGO requires a specific endpoint of the roadway, the end point at the outside right-
of-way, the radius of the cul-de-sac, and the radii of the curb entrances to draw offset
cul-de-sac. Before beginning the command, a centerline and two (parallel) right-of-
way lines must be created. These lines may be curves or tangents.

ALIGNMENTS → DRAW OFFSET CUL-DE-SAC

Key-in Command: culoffset Sidebar Menu Option: Off Cul

Drawing an Offset Cul-de-Sac

1. Select Draw Offset Cul-de-Sac from the Alignments menu (Figure 7-1 on page
7-1).

2. The command prompt displays:

Select Center Point Location or Enter Node Number:

Graphically select the point or type the node number and press the Enter key.

3. The command prompt displays:

Alignments 7-23
Eagle Point Software

Select outside R.O.W line near its end point:

Graphically select the end of the centerline or type the node number and press the
Enter key.

4. The command prompt displays:

Radius of Cul-de-Sac:

Type the radius dimension and press the Enter key. COGO will draw a circle of
the specified radius which is tangent to the outside R.O.W. line. When the circle
is drawn, this command places nodes at the tangent point and the radius point of
the cul-de-sac.

5. The command prompt displays:

Select R.O.W. Line:

Graphically select the other right-of-way line

6. The command prompt displays:

Select segment to remove <eXit>:

Graphically select the right-of-way line segment to remove from the cul-de-sac.
Move the cross hairs to the location on the line segment to remove the cul-de-sac
and click. This prompt repeats until all segments are removed.

7. Two nodes will be placed, the first at the center of the cul-de-sac and the second
on the end of the outside R.O.W. line. Step 11 identifies the node input options.

8. Then the command prompt displays:

Select Radius for fillet <r>:

Where r is the default value for the radius. Either press the Enter key to accept
the default value, or type a new radius and press the Enter key. The new value be-
comes the default value.

9. The command prompt displays:

Select first fillet line:

Graphically select either a R.O.W line or the bulb of the cul-de-sac that it joins.
Keep in mind that the line you select will have the first node placed on it for the
PC, then the RP, and finally the PT on the second line selected.

10. The command prompt displays:

7-24 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Select second fillet line:

Graphically select the line that you didn’t select in step 9. COGO places the fillet
curve and removes the lines from the former intersection point to the PC and the
PT.

11. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and descrip-
tion based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options.
The prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

If you type a new node number, COGO checks to see if that number is
already in use. If that number is in use, the command line displays:

Node number 152 is in use.

Enter new node number/Overwrite/Ignore<next
available node #>:

You may press the Enter key to accept the next available node number,
select Overwrite to remove the existing node and place the new node, select
Ignore to add the node with that number anyway or type another new node
number. If you type a new number, the verification process is repeated.

12. Repeat step 11 to place the PC, RP and PT nodes.

13. COGO automatically draws a line from the radius to the endpoint of the center-
line.

Alignments 7-25
Eagle Point Software

7-26 COGO
 8.0 Lots
The Lot menu allows you to traverse a boundary, convert objects and Epolys to lots,
and surveying for lot areas using the solve sliding, radial and swinging side tools.
Two commands, Enter Lot List and Create Lot Reports allow you to produce reports
on numerous lots simultaneously.

Figure 8-1 Lots Menu

Traverse Lot

The Traverse Lot command places lines, arcs and polylines in the drawing after you
type the tangent segments and circular curves. You will also have the option of typ-
ing non-tangent curves and non-tangent exiting segments.

If the Toggle Draw Lines option is off, lines are not drawn by this command.

If the Toggle Draw Nodes option is off, nodes are not placed.

LOTS → TRAVERSE LOT

Key-in command: travlot Sidebar Menu Option: Trav Lot

The Traverse Lot Curve dialog box (Figure 8-2) displays is you select Tangent while
placing a circular curve.

Lots 8-1
Eagle Point Software

Figure 8-2 Traverse Lot Curve Dialog Box

Degree of Curve Type the degree of curve, arc definition in this edit field.
(arc)

Degree of Curve Type the degree of curve, chord definition in this edit field.
(chord)

Radius Type the radius of the curve in this field.

Clockwise This will be set automatically based on the back tangent direction
and forward tangent direction.

Delta Angle Type the delta angle based on the units selected in the project set-
tings under the EP menu.

Tangent Length Type a value for the tangent length of the curve.

Arc Length Type a value here for the length along the arc of the curve.

Chord Length Type a value here for the length along the arc of the chord.

External Type a value here for the straight line distance from the PI of the
curve to the arc of the curve in the direction toward the radius
point of the curve.

Middle Ordinate Type a value here for the straight line distance from the arc of
the curve to the chord of the curve along the line between the PI
and the radius point of the curve.

8-2 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

The top three fields of the Traverse Lot Curve dialog box control the curva-
ture. They are all interrelated and when one of them is specified, the other
two are calculated and displayed.

The clockwise toggle controls the direction of the curve. If the toggle is
turned off, the curve will be constructed in a counterclockwise direction.

The remaining six fields are all interrelated methods of specifying the length
of the curve. Again, when one of them is specified and the Tab key is pressed,
the remaining fields are calculated and displayed in the dialog box.

Traversing a Lot

To traverse a lot, complete the following steps:

1. Select Traverse Lot from the Lots menu.

2. Before placing the traverse, several options are available. The command prompt
displays:

Style/Node input options/Batch/<Batch= OFF>:

A. Style: Type s and press the Enter key. Use this option to set the active field
code. See Set Active Field Code on page 9-5 for more information.

If the Field Code used does not contain a description attribute, you will not
be prompted for a description regardless of the Set Node Input settings.

B. Node Input Options: Type n and press the Enter key. The node input options
allow you to see what COGO prompts you for when nodes are placed along
the traverse. For more information on node input options, see Set Node Input
Options on page 9-6.

C. Batch Control: Type b and press the Enter key to use this command to record
the data you type. See Batch Manager on page 3-1 for more information.

3. Once the initial settings have been established, press the Enter key to continue.
The command prompt displays:

Start Point:

4. Graphically select a point, type the node number or type the X, Y or X, Y, Z coor-
dinates and press the Enter key. The command prompt displays:

Locate node at start point? No/<Yes>:

Lots 8-3
Eagle Point Software

A. No: Type n and press the Enter key if you do not want to place a node. Go to
step 5.

B. Yes: Type y and press the Enter key to place a node. Go to step 8 and return
to step 5 after the node has been placed.

If the Toggle Draw Nodes option is off, or a node already exists at the
selected location, the previous step is bypassed.

5. The command prompt displays:

Current Component = LINE

Curve/New tangent dir./<TANGENT>:

At this point, you can begin the traverse by inputting a backsight or establishing
the traverse direction.

A. New tangent direction: Type n and press the Enter key to establish a new di-
rection for the line. The command prompt now displays the COGO directional
prompt:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction Point>:

There are five options for input:

i. ABsolute: This option allows you to input a bearing or an azimuth. Type

ab and press the Enter key to select this direction option. The command
prompt displays:

AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/POint/<NE>[45° 00′ 00 ″]:

To enter a bearing, precede the angle with an alpha prefix to specify the
quadrant. You may also input an asterisk (*) before the number specifying
the quadrant to get the same angle. This involves placing just the quadrant
number in front of the angle turned.

Quadrants: NE=1, SE=2, SW=3, NW=4.

Examples

North 72° 34′ East can be entered NE72.34 or *172.34.

South 55° 27′ 20″ East can be entered SE55.2720 or *255.2720.
South 5° 59′ 21″ West can be entered SW5.5921 or *35.5921.
North 20° 5′ 36″ West can be entered NW20.0536 of*420.0536.

All quadrant entries have an angular range for 0-90 degrees.

8-4 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

You may input angles in decimal degrees (DDD.DDDD) or degrees, min-

utes, seconds (DDD.MMSS) depending on the Units setting under Edit
Project Settings.

To enter an azimuth, precede the angle with an alpha prefix to specify

North or South azimuth. You may also input an asterisk (*) with the
number for the azimuth.

Azimuths: NA=5, SA=6

Examples

North Azimuth 77° 25′ can be entered NA77.25 or *577.25.

South Azimuth 356° 23′15″ can be entered SA356.2315 or *6356.2315.

All azimuths have a degree range of 0-360 degrees.

ii. AUtocad: This option allows you to input angles in the current AutoCAD
format. Type au and press the Enter key to select this option. The com-
mand prompt displays:

ABsolute/Backsight/Fpsp/POint/<AUtocad>:

Type in the angle desired and press the Enter key. For more information,
refer to the AutoCAD 12 Reference Manual or the AutoCAD 13 User’s
Guide.

iii. Backsight: This option allows you to set the backsight for the point. Type
b and press the Enter key to select this option. The command prompt dis-
plays:

Current Backsight Direction: N 90° 00′ 00 ″ E

AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/POint/ABsolute/<AR>[45° 00′ 00 ″]:

To change the backsight direction, type b and press the Enter key. The
command prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Fpsp/<backsight Point>:

To input the backsight point, graphically select a point, type a point or

node number and press the Enter key, or enter coordinates in an X, Y or X,
Y, Z format. To enter a backsight as a bearing or azimuth type ab and
press the Enter key. The command prompt displays:

Resetting backsight direction.

Backsight <NA> [90° 00′ 00″]:

Lots 8-5
Eagle Point Software

Follow the steps outlined above for entering bearings and azimuths.

Once the backsight direction is entered, the command prompt displays:

Current Backsight Direction: <new backsight>

AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/POint/ABsolute/<AR>[45° 00′ 00″]:

You may now input traverse angles based off of the backsight. To input an
Angle Right or Left or a Deflection Angle, precede the angle with an al-
pha prefix designating the angle type. You may also enter an asterisk (*)
and a number specifying the angle type to get the same results.

Angles: AL=7, AR=8, DL=9, DR=0

Examples

Angle Left=45° 15′ can be entered AL45.15 or *745.15.

Deflection Right=5° 56′ can be entered DR5.56 or *05.56.

Any changes to the backsight direction will be indicated in the COGO di-
rectional prompt as you traverse and the backsight direction will default to
the previous occupied point

Angle ranges for any angle type is 0-360 degrees.

iv. Fpsp: This option allows you to pick two points to establish the direction
of the line. “Fpsp” stands for first point, second point. Type f and press the
Enter key to select this option. The command prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/POint/<First point>:

Graphically select a point, type in the point or node number and press the
Enter key, or enter the X, Y or X, Y, Z coordinates of a point and press the
Enter key. The command prompt displays:

Second point:

Either graphically select a node or point, enter a node number, or type the
coordinates of the second direction point.

v. direction Point: This is the initial default for selecting a new direction.
Graphically select a point or node, type in a point or node number and
press the Enter key or enter the X, Y or X, Y, Z coordinates of a point and
press the Enter key.

B. Line: If the current component is a Line the command prompt displays:

8-6 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Current Component = LINE

Curve/New tangent dir./<TANGENT> :

i. Curve: Type c and press the Enter key to change the component to Circu-
lar Curve.

ii. New tangent direction: Type n and press the Enter key to establish a new
direction for the line.

iii. Tangent: Type t and press the Enter key to set the line tangent to the pre-
vious component or to continue in the same direction as a previous line. If this
is the first course of the alignment, the default direction for Tangent is the
AutoCAD angle of 0 degrees, or East.

As soon as the direction of the line is established, either by accepting the de-
fault of Tangent or establishing a new direction through New Tangent Direc-
tion, the command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Horizontal distance>:

Define the distance by any of the distance type options. See Distance Types on
page 2-7 for more information.

C. Curve: Type c and press the Enter to use the Circular Curve. The command
prompt displays:

Current Component = CURVE

Line/Radial/Chord/New tangent dir./<TANGENT>:

i. Line: Type L and press the Enter key to change the component to Line.

ii. Radial: Type r and press the Enter key to control the orientation of the
circular curve by inputting the radial direction into the radius point of the
curve. This option allows non-tangent curves to be placed in the alignment.
When this option is chosen, the command prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction Point>:

Define the curve radial direction with any of the direction type options.

iii. Chord: Type c and the Enter key to control the orientation of the circular
curve by inputting the chord direction of the curve. This option allows non-
tangent curves to be placed in the alignment. When this option is chosen,
the command line displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction Point>:

Define the curve chord direction with any of the direction type options.

Lots 8-7
Eagle Point Software

i. Line: Type L and press the Enter key to change the component to Line.

ii. Radial: Type r and press the Enter key to control the orientation of the cir-
cular curve by inputting the radial direction into the radius point of the
curve. This option allows non-tangent curves to be placed in the alignment.
When this option is chosen, the command prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction Point>:

Define the curve radial direction with any of the direction type options out-
lined in step 5.

iii. Chord: Type c and press the Enter key to control the orientation of the cir-
cular curve by inputting the chord direction of the curve. This option al-
lows non-tangent curves to be placed in the alignment. When this option is
chosen, the command prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction Point>:

Define the curve chord direction with any of the direction type options out-
lined in step 5.

iv. New tangent direction: Type n and press the Enter key to establish a new
tangent direction for placing the curve.

v. Tangent: Press the Enter key and Tangent will set the curve tangent to the
previous course. If this is the first course of the alignment, the default direc-
tion for Tangent is the AutoCAD angle of 0 degrees or East.

Selecting the Tangent option here will display the Traverse Lot Curve dia-
log box (Figure 8-2 on page 8-2).

If the Toggle Draw Lines option is off lines will not be drawn by this
command.

If the Toggle Draw Nodes option is off, nodes will not be drawn or placed
by this command.

6. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and description
based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options. The
prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

8-8 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

The default is determined by the segment just placed:

Start Point P.O.B Line PI

Curve PT RP

If the Node Input options for description is set to Constant, the node is
created with the default description and the previous step is bypassed.

If the style of the node being placed does not contain a description attribute, the
previous step is bypassed regardless of the node input options.

Convert Objects to Lots

The Convert Objects to Lots command uses lines, arcs, polylines, points or nodes to es-
tablish the boundary of individual lots, and uses that information to establish lots.

LOTS → CONVERT OBJECTS TO LOTS

Key-in Command: conobj Sidebar Menu Option: Conv O-L

Figure 8-3 Convert Objects to Lot Dialog Box

When entering lot name and lot description, press the Tab key or use the
pointing device to advance to the next field.

Lot Name Type the Lot name. The maximum number of alphanumeric and sym-
bolic characters is 32. A lot name may not be repeated in a project.

Lots 8-9
Eagle Point Software

Parent Name This is a pull-down list of already established lot names. The de-
fault choice is always None. Click on the down arrow to display
the available lots.

Lot Description Type the lot description. The maximum number of alphanumeric
and symbolic characters is 80, but only 32 are displayed.

Parent This is a read only field that displays the parent lot description, if
Description one is chosen from the Parent Name drop down list.

Lot Area This is a read only field and displays the area of the lot in the
units and with the precision specified by editing Project Settings
found under the EP menu.

Parent Area This also is a read only field and displays the area of the parent
lot if one is chosen from the Parent Name drop down list.

Converting Objects to Lots

To convert objects to lots, complete the following steps:

1. Select Convert Objects to Lot from the Lots menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

by Point <Object>:

A. by Point: Type p and press the Enter key to establish the lot by selection
points. The command prompt displays:

Select beginning point:

You will be able to graphically select a node or a point, type a node or point
number and press the Enter key, or type the X, Y coordinates and press the
Enter key. Once the starting point has been selected, the command prompt
displays:

CCW/CW/POC/PI/RP/<Next Point>:

If the next course is a line, you select the next point using the same options
that were available for selecting the beginning point. There are several options
to select if the next course is a curve.

i. CCW: Type cc and press the Enter key to define a curve in the counter-
clockwise direction, The command prompt displays:

Select End Point of Curve:

8-10 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Select the end point of the curve either by graphically selecting a point, typ-
ing the X, Y coordinates or typing the node number. The command prompt
displays:

Radius:

Either type the radius distance or graphically select a point or node that de-
fines the radius distance from the PT. This is not the radius point. The rub-
ber band marker displays the curve.

If you define a radius that is less than half the distance between the start
point and end point the command prompt displays:
ERROR: Invalid radius. Continue (No/<Yes>):
Type y and press the Enter key to redefine the curve.

ii. CW: Type cw and press the Enter key to define a curve in the clockwise
direction. The command prompt displays:

Select End Point of Curve:

Select the end point of the curve either by graphically selecting a point, typ-
ing the X, Y coordinates or typing the node number. The command prompt
displays:

Radius:

typing the node number.

iii. POC: Type poc and press the Enter key to select a point on a curve. The
command prompt displays:

A point on curve:

Graphically select a point on a curve or type a node number or coordinates

of a point on the curve. The rubber band marker displays and the command
prompt displays:

End point of curve:

Select the end point of the curve by either graphically selecting a point, typ-
ing the X, Y coordinates or typing the node number.

iv. PI: Type pi and press the Enter key to specify the curve PI point. The
command prompt displays:

End point of curve:

Lots 8-11
Eagle Point Software

Select the end point of the curve either by graphically selecting a point, typ-
ing the X, Y coordinates or typing the node number. The command prompt
displays:

PI direction:

A rubber band marker displays. Indicate the PI direction by graphically se-

lection a point, typing the X,Y coordinates or typing the node number.

v. RP: Type rp and press the Enter key to specify the curve radius point.
The command prompt displays:

Radius point:

Select the RP by graphically selecting a point, typing the X,Y coordinates or

typing the node number. The command prompt displays:

End point:

Select the end point of the curve either by graphically selecting a point, typ-
ing the X, Y coordinates or typing the node number.

A check will be done on the radius distance in and out of the curve. If they
do not equal the tolerance, an error box displays. You may use the input
points, where the radius distance defined going into the curve will be used
or re-enter the curve points. The command prompt displays:

Is curve CW or <CCW>:

Type cw if the curve is clockwise or press the Enter key if the curve is
counterclockwise.

B. Object: Press the Enter key to accept the default to select objects. The com-
mand prompt displays:

Select objects:

Graphically select a line, arc or polyline. COGO highlights the chosen object.
The command prompt displays:

Select objects:

Select another object if needed and continue this way until all objects are se-
lected. When all the objects needed are selected, press the Enter key. The
command prompt displays:

Select internal point near the beginning:

8-12 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

When you select a location, the program will do a radial trace to find the closest
lines, arcs, 2-D polylines, or 3-D polylines selected. The choice of a selection point
will not only determine the closed area being converted into a lot, but also the point
of beginning and direction of travel around the lot (clockwise or counterclockwise).
The closest intersection will be the point of beginning. The direction will be from
the point of beginning along the entity that is closest to the selected location.

Figure 8-4 Example of Internal Point Selection

If COGO doesn’t find a boundary around the selected point, a message dis-
plays on the command prompt:

ERROR: no boundary object found.

The command ends and returns to the command prompt. You can press the
Enter key to restart the command, then press the Enter key again to get back
into the Select Objects mode. Type p and press the Enter key to use the pre-
vious selection set of objects. You can then select more objects to close the
original desired area or press the Enter key to select a different internal point
near the beginning that is within a closed area.

If the closed boundary is already a lot, the following message will display on
the command line:

Lot (Lot Name), of Parent Name, (Parent Name, if any) has

already been used.

The command ends. When you select a point within a closed area that has not
already been assigned a Lot Name, the boundary of the lot is highlighted and
the command prompt displays.

Retry <Accept>:

Lots 8-13
Eagle Point Software

i. Retry: Type r and press the Enter key to reject the highlighted boundary.
The command prompt returns to Select internal point near the be-
ginning. Repeat the previous steps until an acceptable object is selected.
The Convert Objects to Lot dialog box displays (Figure 8-3).

ii. Accept: Press the Enter key to accept the highlighted lot. The Convert Ob-
jects to Lot dialog box (Figure 8-3) displays.

3. Once you type cl to close the object and press the Enter key, the object will be
converted to a lot. The Convert Objects to Lot dialog box (Figure 8-3) displays.

Convert EPoly to Lot

The Convert Epoly to Lot command established the boundary of individual lots by
determining all bounding lines, polylines and arc segments of an internally selected
point. Similar to AutoCAD’s BPoly command, it then uses this information to estab-
lish lots.

LOTS → CONVERTING EPOLY TO LOT

Key-in Command: conepoly Sidebar Menu Option: Conv E-L

Figure 8-5 Convert EPoly to Lot Dialog Box

When entering lot name and lot description, press the Tab key or use the
pointing device to advance to the next field.

Lot Name Type the lot name. The maximum number of alphanumeric and
symbolic characters is 32.

8-14 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Parent Name This is a pull-down list of already established lot names. The de-
fault choice is always NONE. Click on the down arrow to dis-
play the available lots.

Lot Description Type the lot description. The maximum number of alphanumeric
and symbolic characters is 80, but only 32 characters display.

Parent This read only field displays the description of the parent lot
Description when one is chosen from the Parent Name drop down list.

Lot Area This read only field displays the area of the lot in the units and with
the precision specified by the Project Settings found under the EP
menu.

Parent Area A read only field that displays the area of the parent lot if one is
chosen from the Parent Name drop down list.

Converting an EPoly to a Lot

To convert an epoly to a lot, complete the following steps:

1. Select Convert EPoly to Lot from the Lots menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Select internal point near the beginning:

when you select a location, the program will do a radial trace to find the closest
line, arc, 2-D Polyline or 3-D polyline. The choice of a selection point will not
only determine the closed area being converted into a lot, but also the point of be-
ginning and direction of travel around the lot (clockwise or counterclockwise).
The closest intersection which will be the point of beginning. The direction will
be from the point of beginning along the entity that is closest to the selected loca-
tion. See Figure 8-4 as an example of an internal point selection.

If COGO doesn’t find a boundary around the selected point, a message displays
on the command prompt:

ERROR: no boundary object found.

The command ends and returns to the command prompt. You can press the Enter
key to restart the command; press the Enter key again to get back into the Select
Objects mode. Type p and press the Enter key to use the previous selection set of
objects. You can then select more objects to close the original desired area or
press the Enter key to select a different internal point near the beginning that is
within a closed area.

Lots 8-15
Eagle Point Software

3. If the closed boundary is already a lot, the following message will display on the
command line:

Lot (Lot Name), of Parent Name, (Parent Name, if any) has al-
ready been used.

The command ends.

4. When you select a point within a closed area that has not already been assigned a Lot
Name, the boundary of the lot is highlighted and the command prompt displays:

Retry <Accept>:

A. Retry: Type r and press the Enter key to retry selecting the boundary.

B. Accept: Press the Enter key to accept the boundary.

When the boundary is accepted, COGO displays the Convert EPoly to Lot dialog
box (Figure 8-5).

Solve Sliding Side

The Solve Sliding Side command requires you to define three sides of a trapezoidal region.
COGO places the fourth side parallel to the side defined by the first and second points.

LOTS → SOLVE SLIDING SIDE

Key-in Command: solveslide Sidebar Menu Option: Sld Side

Figure 8-6 Example of a Sliding Side

8-16 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Solving a Sliding Side

To solve a sliding side, complete the following steps.

1. Select Solve Sliding Side from the Lots menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Select First base point:

Graphically select a point, type the node number or X, Y coordinates and press
the Enter key.

3. The command prompt displays:

Select Second base point:

Graphically select a point, type the node number or X, Y coordinates and press
the Enter key.

4. You will now establish the direction of the side from the first point. The com-
mand prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint>:

Define the direction with any of the direction type options. For more information
see Direction Types on page 2-4.

5. Repeat step 4 to establish the angle from the second point.

6. The command prompt displays:

Area <0.0000>:

Type the desired area to be created and press the Enter key or press the Enter
key to accept the default value. This value is input as square root or square me-
ters. If the Toggle Draw Lines option is on, a closed polyline will be created with
the fourth side at the location that encloses the defined area. If Toggle Draw
Nodes option is on, nodes will be placed at the four corners.

7. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and description
based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options. The
prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:

Lots 8-17
Eagle Point Software

Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

Solve Radial Side

The Radial Area defines an area when one of the sides is an arc. For example, you can
draw a lot around a cul-de-sac. To solve the side, you must define the first base point,
second base point, center point and back lot line. COGO defines the new side based on
the area defined. The new side extends from the back lot line toward the center point.

LOTS → SOLVE RADIAL SIDE

Key-in Command: solverad Sidebar Menu Option: Rad Side

Figure 8-7 Example of a Radial Side

Solving a Radial Side

To solve a radial side, complete the following steps:

1. Select Solve Radial Side from the Lots menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Select First base point:

Graphically select a point, type a node number or X, Y coordinates and press the
Enter key. This is the point that is on the curved “front line.”

3. The command prompt displays:

8-18 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Select Second base point:

Graphically select a point, type the node number or X, Y coordinates and press
the Enter key. This is the established back corner of the lot that connects to the
first base point.

4. The command prompt displays:

Select center point:

Graphically select the center point, type the node number or X, Y coordinates and
press the Enter key. This is the radius point of the curved front line of the lot.

5. The command prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint> :

This is to establish the direction of the back lot line emanating from the second
base point. Define the direction with any of the direction type options. For more
information see Direction Types on page 2-4.

6. The command prompt displays:

Area <0.0000> :

Press the Enter key to accept the default area, or type an area and press the Enter
key. This value is input as square feet or square meters. If the Toggle Draw Lines
option is on, a closed polyline will be created with the fourth side at the location
that encloses the defined area. If Toggle Draw Nodes option is on, nodes will be
placed at the four corners.

7. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and description
based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options. The
prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

Solve Swinging Side

The Solve Swinging Side command requires you to define two sides of a triangular
region. COGO determines the third side based on the area typed for the region.

Lots 8-19
Eagle Point Software

LOTS → SOLVE SWINGING SIDE

Key-in Command: solveswing Sidebar Menu Option: Swg Side

Figure 8-8 Example of a Swinging Side

Solving Swinging Side

To solve a swinging side, complete the following steps:

1. Select Solve Swinging Side from the Lots menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Select First base point:

Graphically select a point, type the node number or X, Y coordinates and press
the Enter key.

3. The command prompt displays:

Select Second base point:

Graphically select a point, type the node number or X, Y coordinates and press
the Enter key.

4. You will now establish the direction of the side from the first point. The command
prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint>:

Define the direction with any of the direction type options. For more information
see Direction Types on page 2-4.

8-20 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

5. The command prompt displays:

Area <0.0000>:

Press the Enter key to accept the default area, or type an area and press the Enter
key. This value is input as square feet or square meters. If the Toggle Draw Lines
option is on, a closed polyline will be created with the fourth side at the location
that encloses the defined area. If Toggle Draw Nodes option is on, nodes will be
placed at the four corners.

6. The command prompts for the node number, elevation, field code and description
based off of the active field code node attribute style and node input options. The
prompts that are possible will appear in the order as follows:

Node # <default>:
Elevation <default>:
Field code:
Description (. for none) <default>:

The default values from each prompt will appear in between the less than (<) and
greater than (>) signs.

Edit Name/Description

The Edit Name/Description command allows you to change lot names and descriptions.

LOTS → EDIT NAME/DESCRIPTION

Key-in Command: editlotname Sidebar Menu Option: Edit Lot

When Edit Name/Description is selected from the Lots menu, the command prompt
displays:

Name/Epoly/<Select Lot>:

By selecting N for name, the Defined Lots dialog box (Figure 8-9) displays listing
the defined lots.

Lots 8-21
Eagle Point Software

Figure 8-9 Defined Lots Dialog Box

This allows you to select the desired lot to edit. By selecting E for Epoly, you may
choose a lot by Epoly. By selecting the default value Select Lot, you are able to
graphically select a lot for editing. Once a lot is selected, the Edit Lot Properties dia-
log box (Figure 8-10) displays. The Lot Name and Lot Description can then be ed-
ited.

Figure 8-10 Edit Lot Properties Dialog Box

Enter Lot List

The Enter Lot List command establishes and maintains groups of Lots to be proc-
essed through the Create Lot Reports command to generate reports.

LOTS → ENTER LOT LIST

Key-in Command: lotlist Sidebar Menu Option: Lot Lst

8-22 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure 8-11 Enter Lot List Dialog Box

Lot Lists The lot list names and descriptions established for the current project.

New Click on this button to bring up the New Lot List dialog box (Fig-
ure 8-12). Add a new list by typing in a lot list name and descrip-
tion and clicking on the Apply button.

Modify Click on this button to modify the lot list name that is highlighted
in the list box. Clicking on this button displays the Modify Lot
List dialog box (Figure 8-13). If no lot list name is highlighted,
the Modify button will be grayed out.

Delete Click on this button to delete the highlighted lot list name and De-
scription. If nothing is highlighted, the Delete button is grayed out.
Before a lot is deleted from a list, an alert box displays.

Print Click on this button to send a report to a specified destination.

The report will contain the highlighted lot list’s name and de-
scription together with the lot name, description, and parent
name of all the lots in the lot lists for the current project.

Contents of This portion of the dialog box will be grayed out until a lot list
Highlighted Lot has been highlighted. Once a lot list is highlighted, lots already
List associated with the highlighted lot list will be displayed and the
following commands will be accessible.

Select Click on this button to add lot names to the lot names list in the En-
ter Lot List dialog box (Figure 8-11). The Select Lots dialog box
displays (Figure 8-15). If a lot is highlighted in the Contents of
Highlighted Lot List, that lot, when selected, will be added above
the highlighted lot name. If a lot is not highlighted when the Select

Lots 8-23
Eagle Point Software

button is clicked on, the new lot name is added to the bottom of
the list.

Delete Click on this button to delete the highlighted Contents of High-

lighted lot list name, description and parent name. The Eagle Point
Alert dialog box (Figure 8-14) displays requiring you to confirm the
deletion. If nothing is highlighted, the Delete button is grayed out.

Print Click on this button to send a report to the destination specified

by the Printer Setup command settings. The report will contain
all of the lot list’s names and their descriptions.

Close Click on this button and the dialog box closes. The lot lists return to
what they were when the Enter Lot List dialog box first displayed.

New Lot List

Click on the New button in the Enter Lot List dialog box to display the New Lot List
dialog box (Figure 8-12). Add a new list by typing in a lot list name and description
and clicking on the Apply button.

ENTER LOT LIST → ENTER LOT LIST DIALOG BOX → NEW

Figure 8-12 New Lot List Dialog Box

Lot List Name The names can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters. The pro-
gram will not accept more than 32 characters. An error message
displays if an existing lot list name is typed.

Description The lot list name description may contain up to 80 alphanumeric

characters. The display will show 32 characters left justified.

Apply Click on this button to send the lot list name and description to the lot
lists section of the Enter Lot List dialog box and blank out the lot list
name and description edit fields. This allows you to continue typing
new lot list names and descriptions. If nothing has been typed in the
edit fields an error message displays.

8-24 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Modify Lot List

Click on the Modify button in the Enter Lot List dialog box to modify the lot list
name that is highlighted in the list box. Clicking on this button displays the Modify
Lot List dialog box (Figure 8-13). If no lot list name is highlighted, the Modify but-
ton will be grayed out.

ENTER LOT LIST → ENTER LOT LIST DIALOG BOX → MODIFY

Figure 8-13 Modify Lot List Dialog Box

Lot List Name The names can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters. The pro-
gram will not accept more than 32 characters. An error message
displays if an existing lot list name is typed.

Description The lot list name description may contain up to 80 alphanumeric

characters. The display will show 32 characters left justified.

Apply Click on this button to send the lot list name and description to
the lot lists section of the Enter Lot List dialog box and blank out
the lot list name and description edit fields. This allows you to
continue typing new lot list names and descriptions. If nothing
has been typed in the edit fields an error message displays.

Delete Lot Alert Box

Click on the Delete button to delete in the Enter Lot List dialog box to delete the high-
lighted Contents of Highlighted Lot List Name, Description and Parent name. The Eagle
Point Alert dialog box (Figure 8-14) displays requiring you to confirm the deletion. If
nothing is highlighted, the Delete button is inactive.

ENTER LOT LIST → ENTER LOT LIST DIALOG BOX → DELETE

Lots 8-25
Eagle Point Software

Figure 8-14 Eagle Point Alert Box

OK Click on this button to delete the selected lot from the list. The
Enter Lot List dialog box (Figure 8-11) returns.

Cancel Click on this button to return to the Enter Lot List dialog box
(Figure 8-11) without deleting the selected lot from the list.

Select Lots Dialog Box

Click on the Select button in the Enter Lot List dialog box to add lot names to the Lot
Names List in the Enter Lot List dialog box (Figure 8-11). The Select Lots dialog box
displays (Figure 8-15). If a lot is highlighted in the Contents of Highlighted Lot List, that
lot, when selected, will be added above the highlighted lot name. If a lot is not high-
lighted when the Select button is clicked on, the new lot name is added to the bottom
of the list. The Select Lots dialog box lists all of the lots created for this project.

ENTER LOT LIST → ENTER LOT LIST DIALOG BOX → SELECT LOTS

Figure 8-15 Select Lots Dialog Box

Lot Name The alphanumeric name of the lot up to 32 characters

Description The alphanumeric description up to 80 characters.

Area The size of the lot in the units selected in Project Settings.

8-26 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Parent Lot The alphanumeric name of the parent lot.

Select All Click on this button to highlight every lot in the list.

Clear All Click on this button to remove the highlight from any and all lots
in the list.

Select Select this option to perform an automatic selection of a lot to-

Children of gether with all other lots that use the selected lot as a parent lot.
Click on the arrow to display the drop down list of lots and click
on it from the list. The parent lot is highlighted along with other
lots that have the lot listed as its parent lot. If there are no chil-
dren, the parent lot is the only lot selected.

Entering a Lot List

To enter a lot list, complete the following steps:

1. Select Enter Lot List from the Lots menu.

2. Click on the New button to add in a new lot to the list. The New Lot List dialog
box (Figure 8-12 on page 8-24) displays.

3. Type the Lot List Name and description. Click on the Apply button to accept the
data.

4. Click on the Close button to close the New Lot List dialog box.

5. Highlight the Lot List just added and click on the Select button.

6. The Select Lots dialog box (Figure 8-15) displays. Select the desired lots for the
lot list.

7. Click on the OK button to accept the highlighted lots.

8. The lots selected will be shown in the contents of highlighted lot list.

9. Click on the Close button to close the dialog box.

Create Lot Reports

The Create Lot Reports command customizes reports from lots. Various information
relating to these lots is obtained through different formats. The selection of lot group-
ings will be done by the Enter Lot List command.

Lots 8-27
Eagle Point Software

LOTS → CREATE LOT REPORT

Key-in Command: lotrep Sidebar Menu Option: Lot Rep

Select the Create Lot Reports command and the Print Lot Report dialog box displays
(Figure 8-16). With in the dialog box, select the lots for the lot reports with the select
lot list and select lots buttons. Once selected, they will display in the box. To obtain
reports, toggle the desired report on, either summary report or mapcheck report to set
the data to be sent out. For the report click on the corresponding format button.
Click on the Apply button to send out the report.

Figure 8-16 Print Lot Report Dialog Box

Select Lot List Click on this button and the Select Lot List dialog box displays
(Figure 8-17). A list of the lot displays along with a section that
shows the lots contained within the highlighted lot list.

Select Lots Click on this button and the Select Lots dialog box displays (Figure
8-15). A list displays the lots associated with the project. Highlight
the lots to be displayed in the Print Lot Report dialog box.

Maximum Error This is optional. When a standard has been set for the maximum
of Closure allowable closure error, use this option. When this option is tog-
gled on, type the maximum allowable error. A greater than sym-
bol ( >) will be placed next to any closure that exceeds the limit
in the summary report. The default setting for this option is off.

Lot Formats This label does not appear in the dialog box but is what we will
call the pull down list that contains various lot description for-
mats. The choices are:
• Lot Name, Closure, Lot Area, Parent Name, Parent Area
• Lot Name, Lot Area

8-28 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

• Lot Name, Closure

• Lot Name, Lot Area, Closure
• Lot Name, Lot Area , %, Parent Name, Parent Area
• Lot Name, Lot Description, Closure, Lot Area, %, Parent Name, Parent Descrip-
tion, Parent Area
• Lot Name, Lot Description
• Lot Name, Lot Description, Parent Name, Parent Description
• Lot Name, Lot Area, Parent Area
• Lot Name, Lot Area, Parent Name, Parent Area, Parent Area
• Lot Name, Lot Description, Lot Area, Closure
• Lot Name, Lot Description, Lot Area, Closure, Parent Name
• Lot Name, Lot Description, Lot Area, Closure, Parent Name, Parent Area
• Lot Name, Lot Description, Lot Area, %, Parent Name, Parent Area
• Lot Name
• Lot Name, Parent Name
• Lot Name, Closure, Lot Area, %, Parent Name, Parent Area,
• Lot Name, Lot Description, Closure, Lot Area, %, Parent Name, Parent Area

Summary Print Click on this button to display the Summary Print Format dialog
Format box (Figure 8-18). The field length and the headings of the re-
ports can be customized. The toggles match the format chosen in
the Print Lot Report dialog box. The remaining toggles can be se-
lected. Two areas for each lot and parent lot can be reported with
different units. The units are chosen in Project Settings.

Mapcheck Print Click on this box to create the contents of the Mapcheck Reports
Format (Figure 8-19). The default is always the previous setting. Two ar-
eas for each lot and parent lot can be reported with different
units. The units are chosen in Project Settings.

Summary This option is displayed in the list box. The report is generated
Report when a lot list is selected. The report is customized by the head-
ing drop down menu and the Summary Print Format dialog box
(Figure 8-18).

Mapcheck Toggle on this option to generate mapchecks of the selected lots.

Report The calculations will be sent to destinations specified by the Con-
figure Printer option in the EP menu.

Apply Click on the Apply button to send the selected report (Summary
Report or Mapcheck Report) to the destination specified by the

Lots 8-29
Eagle Point Software

Configure Printer option in the EP menu. You can then select the
other type of report and click on the Apply button again to send
it on its way without having to report the selection process.

Select Lot List

Click on the Select Lot List button in the Print Lot Reports dialog box (Figure 8-16)
and the Select Lot List dialog box displays (Figure 8-17). A list of the lot displays
along with a section that shows the lots contained within the highlighted lot list.

CREATE LOT REPORT → PRINT LOT REPORT → SELECT LOT LIST

Figure 8-17 Select Lot List Dialog Box

Summary Print Format Dialog Box

Click on the Summary Print Format button in the Print Lot Reports dialog box (Fig-
ure 8-16) and the Summary Print Format dialog box displays (Figure 8-18).

CREATE LOT REPORT → PRINT LOT REPORT → SUMMARY PRINT FORMAT

8-30 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure 8-18 Summary Print Dialog Box

Data Field The boxes should be toggled for fields you want included in the
summary report.

Field Length Set the field lengths for the summary report.

Heading Sets the headings for the summary report.

Lot Area There are two report areas that can have different units.

Parent Area There are two report areas that can have different units.

The report sets up one blank column between each data field. For example,
if you have 5 data fields, 4 additional columns will be used.

Mapcheck Print Format Dialog Box

Click on the Mapcheck Print Format button in the Print Lot Reports dialog box (Fig-
ure 8-16) and the Mapcheck Print Format dialog box displays (Figure 8-19).

CREATE LOT REPORT → PRINT LOT REPORT → MAPCHECK PRINT FORMAT

Lots 8-31
Eagle Point Software

Figure 8-19 Mapcheck Print Format Dialog Box

Lots Toggle on those boxes for the data you want included in the map-
check report.

Parent Lots Toggle on the boxes for the data you want included in the map-
check report.

8-32 COGO
 9.0 Settings
The COGO settings are used for COGO commands to determine how the informa-
tion will be displayed.
• The Set Entry Options command establishes the active coordinate/state plan sys-
tem used in conjunction with ADE, scale factor and non-parallel sight lines.
• The Set Mapcheck Options command determines whether map checks will run
along the chords of curves or through the radius points. This option also sets up
precision settings for traversing and displaying map checks.
• The Set Active Field Code command changes the Active Field Code in the sym-
bols library by command line.
• The Set Node Input Options command sets up how you are prompted for Node
number, Elevation, Description and field code.
• Toggle Draw Lines works with various commands giving you the option whether
or not to draw lines.
• Toggle Draw Nodes works with various commands giving you the option whether
or not to place nodes.

Figure 9-1 Settings Menu

Set Entry Options

Use the Set Entry Options command to establish delimiters for using distances de-
fined by node pairs. You may select a Cartographic Coordinate System, specify a
combination scale factor, select a correction factor for Beam Curvature due to refrac-
tion and type parameters for non-parallel sight lines.

When you select the Set Entry Options command, the Set Entry Options dialog box
displays (Figure 9-2).

Settings 9-1
Eagle Point Software

SETTINGS → SET ENTRY OPTIONS

Key-in Command: entryop Sidebar Option: Entry

Figure 9-2 Set Entry Options Dialog Box

Distance Type in a delimiter to be used between node numbers to indicate

Delimiter to COGO that you want to use the distance between two nodes
between Node for distance input. The following can not be used:
Numbers period (.) comma (,)
plus (+ ) minus (-)
asterisk (*) forward slash (/)
left parenthesis ( right parenthesis )

If you change a delimiter, it must be changed everywhere it previously

occurred, including any COGO batch files.

Coordinate If ADE is installed, the Coordinate System Code allows you to choose
System Code from over 700 systems. Once a coordinate system is selected, it be-
comes the default. Select a system by clicking on the Select button.

If ADE is not installed, this option is inactive. Contact your AutoCAD

dealer for more information on ADE.

Combination Type the ground to grid conversion factor. This factor combines
Scale Factor the reduction to sea level (based on the elevation of the traverse
points) with the scale factor of the grid projection (based on the
latitude of the surveyed area).

The reduction to sea level elevation conversion is a function of

the elevation of the points. Although individual calculations can
be performed, the normal procedure is to establish a sea level

9-2 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

conversion factor for the entire site based on the average eleva-
tion of the site. The formula is the ratio of the radius of the earth
divided by the sum of the radius of the earth together with the av-
erage elevation of the site.

Note that practitioners in Death Valley, California will have a factor greater
than 1, the normal value ranges from 0.999976 at an average elevation of
500 feet to 0.999522 at an average elevation of 10,000 feet. The value used
for the radius of the earth is 20,906,000 feet.

The scale factor is a function of the latitude of a point. The nor-

mal procedure is to establish one scale factor for a project based
on the mean latitude of the site. Latitudes in the United States
can be found on USGS (United States Geological Survey) topo-
graphic maps. Scale factors can be found in Table 1 of the NGS
(National Geographic Survey) Projection tables or from NGS
Horizontal Control Data sheets.

Setting Entry Options

To set the entry options, complete the following steps:

1. Select Set Entry Options from the Settings menu (Figure 9-1 on page 9-1). The
Set Entry Options dialog box (Figure 9-2) displays.

2. Set the options to the values you want to use.

3. Click on the OK button to retain the settings and close the Set Entry Options dia-
log box.

Set Mapcheck Options

Use the Set Mapcheck Options command to choose whether mapchecks are run along
the chords of curves or through the radius points. You will also be able to establish preci-
sions for traversing and displaying map checks. When you select the Set Mapcheck Op-
tions command, the Map Check Options dialog box displays (Figure 9-3).

SETTINGS → SET MAPCHECK OPTIONS

Key-in Command: mapcheckop Sidebar Menu Option: Mapck

Settings 9-3
Eagle Point Software

The precision settings in the Map Check Options override the precision
settings under Edit Project Settings when they are toggled on. When toggled
off, the precision under Edit Project Settings is used instead.

Figure 9-3 Map Check Options Dialog Box

Run Traverses Turn on this radio button to traverse curves by proceeding from a
Through Radius PC to the Radius Point and then out to the PT.
Points

Run Traverse Turn on this radio button to traverse curves by proceeding from the
Along Chords PC directly to the PT by using the chord direction and distance.

Angle To set the angle precision, turn on the Angle toggle and type the
precision in the corresponding box or move the slide bar to the
desired value. Angle precision values range from nearest degree
to 0.01 second.

Distances To set the distance precision, turn on the Distance toggle and
type the precision in the corresponding box or move the slide bar
to the desired value. Distance precision values range from 1 to
.00000001.

Coordinates To set the Coordinate precision, toggle on Coordinates and type

the precision in the corresponding box or move the slide bar to
the desired value. Coordinate precision values range from 1 to
.00000001.

Closure To set the closure precision, toggle on Closure and type the preci-
sion in the corresponding box or move the slide bar to the desired
value. Closure precision values range from 1 to .00000001.

9-4 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Setting Mapcheck Options

To set the mapcheck options, complete the following steps:

1. Open the Map Check Options dialog box (Figure 9-3) by selecting Set Map-
check Options from the Settings menu (Figure 9-1 on page 9-1).

2. Set the traverse and precisions options to the values that you want to use.

3. Click on the OK button to retain the settings and close the Map Check dialog box.

Set Active Field Code

The Set Active Field Code command sets the Active Field Code in the symbols li-
brary. The active field code defines the default node symbol and attributes that will
be displayed for the nodes being placed. The attributes appearance are based off of
the active field codes attribute style.

SETTINGS → SET ACTIVE FIELD CODE

Key-in Command: setactive Sidebar Menu Option: Fld Code

Setting an Active Field

To set the active field code, complete the following steps:

1. Select Set Active Field Code from the Settings menu (Figure 9-1 on page 9-1).
The command prompt displays:

Active Field Code or ?

2. Type a field code and press the Enter key. If you do not know what field code to
use, type ? and press the Enter key. The command prompt displays:

field code to list <*>:

Press the Enter key to view a report of field codes in the current symbol library.
The command prompt again displays:

Active Field Code name or ?:

Type one of the field codes and press the Enter key. That code now becomes the
Active Field Code.

Settings 9-5
Eagle Point Software

The Active Field Code will have an asterisk (*) in front of its name.

Set Node Input Options

The Set Node Input options command controls how COGO prompts you at the com-
mand line for node number, elevation, description and field code. These settings do
not affect COGO dialog box input. Select the Set Node Input options command and
the Set Node Input options dialog box (Figure 9-4) displays:

SETTINGS → SET NODE INPUT OPTIONS

Key-in Command: nodeinpt Sidebar Menu Option: Nd Input

Figure 9-4 Set Node Input Options Dialog Box

Node Number Select Always Prompt or Use Next Number from the drop list.

Always Prompt: This option directs COGO to prompt you for

the Node number each time a node is created. The number en-
tered is the start-up default.

Use Next Number: This option automatically increments the

node number by one from the last entered node number for each
new node created. You are not prompted for a node number un-
less the current node number already exists. You will be
prompted to type a new node number to avoid duplicate node
numbers, or you are given the option to overwrite the existing
node number.

Node Number Type the starting node number in the edit box under the value
Edit Box heading.

Elevation Select Always Prompt or Constant from the drop list.

9-6 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Always Prompt: This option directs COGO to prompt you for

the node elevation each time a node is created.

Constant: This option directs COGO to use a constant elevation

for nodes created. You are not prompted for an elevation.

Elevation Type the default elevation in the edit box under the Value heading.
Edit Box

Description Select Always Prompt or Constant from the drop list.

Always Prompt: This option directs COGO to prompt for the

Node description each time a node is created. You will NOT be
prompted for description if the node being placed doesn’t have a
description attribute.

Constant: This option directs COGO to use a constant descrip-

tion for nodes created. You are not prompted for a description.

Description Type the default description in the edit box under the Value head-
Edit Box ing.

Field Code Select From Node Style or Always Prompt from the drop list.

From Node Style: This option directs COGO to use the active
field code for the nodes created. You are not prompted for a field
code.

Always Prompt: This option directs COGO to prompt you for

the field code each time a node is created.

Setting Node Input options

1. Open the Set Node Input Options dialog box (Figure 9-4) by selecting Set Node
Input Options from the Settings menu (Figure 9-1 on page 9-1).

2. Set Node Number to Always Prompt or Use Next Number.

3. Set Elevation to Always Prompt or Constant.

4. Set Description to Always Prompt or Constant.

5. Set Field Code to Always Prompt or From Node Style.

6. Click on OK button to retain the settings and close the Set Node Input Options
dialog box.

Settings 9-7
Eagle Point Software

Toggle Audit Trail Option

Use this option as a toggle to turn the printer on or off. When this toggle is set to on, a
check mark displays next to the menu item and any COGO commands and reports that
you run are sent to the printer location specified by the configure printer option in the EP
menu. See the Eagle Point Installation manual for more details.

SETTINGS → TOGGLE AUDIT TRAIL OPTION

Key-in command: auditon or auditoffSidebar Menu Option: Adt Trl

Toggle Draw Lines Option

Use this option to turn on or off the Draw Lines option. When a check mark dis-
plays next to the Draw Lines option, the Draw Lines option is set to on. When no
check mark displays, the Draw Lines option is off. To turn on or off the toggle, click
on the menu item in the Settings menu (Figure 9-1 on page 9-1).

SETTINGS → TOGGLE DRAW LINES OPTION

Sidebar Menu Option: Lne Tog

The following commands automatically ignore the Draw Lines toggle if it is set to off:
• Draw through Nodes
• Fit Line through Points
• Fit Curve through Points
• Layout Parking Lot
• Offset Alignment

The following commands are affected by whether the Draw Lines is toggled on or off:
• Traverse Topo
• Draw Polar Line
• Draw Feature Line
• Draw Curve Tangent
• Inscribe Curve
• Inscribe Reverse Curve
• Draw Spiral Tangent
• Inscribe Spiral/Curve/Spiral

9-8 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

• Intersect Direction/Direction
• Intersect Direction/Distance
• Intersect Distance/Distance
• Intersect Direction/Station
• Intersect 3-D Lines
• Traverse Alignment
• Draw Bulb Cul-de-Sac
• Draw Hammer Cul-de-Sac
• Draw Offset Cul-de-Sac
• Traverse Lot
• Solve Sliding Side
• Solve Radial Side
• Solve Swinging Side

Toggle Draw Nodes Option

Use this option to turn on or off the Draw Nodes option. When a check mark dis-
plays next to the Draw Nodes option, the Draw Nodes option is set to on. When no
check mark displays, the Draw Nodes option is off. To turn on or off the toggle,
click on the menu item in the Settings menu (Figure 9-1 on page 9-1).

SETTINGS → TOGGLE DRAW NODES OPTION

Sidebar Menu Option: Nd Tog

The following commands automatically ignore the Draw Nodes toggle if it is set to off:
• Place Node
• Snap Nodes to Object
• Enter Node Coordinates
• Solve Node by Station/Offset
• Solve Lost Point
• Solve 2 Point Resection
• Solve 3 Point Resection
• Solve Nodes along Object
• Copy Nodes

Settings 9-9
Eagle Point Software

The following commands are affected by whether Draw Nodes is toggled on or off:
• Traverse Topo
• Traverse Lot
• Draw Polar Line
• Draw Feature Line
• Draw Curve Tangent
• Inscribe Curve
• Inscribe Reverse Curve
• Draw Spiral Tangent
• Inscribe Spiral/Curve/Spiral
• Intersect Direction/Direction
• Intersect Direction/Distance
• Intersect Distance/Distance
• Intersect Direction/Station
• Intersect 3-D Lines
• Traverse Alignment
• Draw Bulb Cul-de-Sac
• Draw Hammer Cul-de-Sac
• Draw Offset Cul-de-Sac
• Solve Sliding Side
• Solve Radial Side
• Solve Swinging Side

9-10 COGO
 Appendix A: COGO Editor
The COGO Batch Editor (Figure A-1) allows you to edit the highlighted COGO
Batch file. The editor is similar to a spreadsheet editor. You can define the various
options affecting the appearance of the file, edit individual fields within the file and
save the changes made to the file.

Assuming both of these conditions are met for the highlighted file, the system dis-
plays the COGO Editor when you click on the Edit button.

Figure A-1 COGO Batch Editor

Displaying the COGO Editor

To display the COGO Batch Editor, complete the following steps:

1. Select Batch Manager from the File menu. The Batch Manager dialog box (Fig-
ure 3-2 on page 3-2) displays.

2. Highlight the file you want to edit.

COGO Editor A-1

Eagle Point Software

3. Click on the Edit button. The system displays the COGO Batch Editor (Figure A-
1) for the highlighted file.

The Editor

The COGO Batch Editor (Figure A-2) is divided into a series of columns and rows.
Although the instrument file contains data in various formats, it is generally very
hard to edit. The COGO Editor converts this information into a format that is easy to
understand and edit.
• Row: Each row within the editor represents one activity of the survey data that
was recorded.
• Column: Each column within the editor represents a tag and the tag’s value for
the activity.

Rows

Each activity is sequentially numbered along the far left side of the editor. You can-
not change these numbers because the system assigned the numbers to represent the
order of the data.

You can move to another row using a single keystroke or a combination of keystrokes.
Refer to Keystrokes on page A-26 for a list of valid keystrokes and their meaning.

Row numbers are not point numbers (PN:).

Columns

Within each row is a series of columns representing a Data Tag and the data entered
for the tag. You can change each code and the value to fit your needs or to compen-
sate for errors made when the data was collected. You can move within a field or
move to another column by using a single keystroke or a combination of keystrokes.
Refer to Keystrokes on page A-26 for a list of valid keystrokes and meaning.

Fields within the Editor

In order to use the COGO Editor easily, you must understand the basic layout of the
screen. Figure A-2 on page A-3 shows the COGO Editor and the various fields
within the editor.

A-2 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure A-2 COGO Batch Editor

Data File Name

The system displays the name of the data collection file being edited.

Data File Description

The system displays the current description for the file being edited.

File Menu

This menu provides the methods used to manipulate the entire file. The following
options are available when you select the File menu.

Save

Click on this option or press the Alt-W keys to save the file. This option saves the
file to the current path and filename.

COGO Editor A-3

Eagle Point Software

Save As

Click on this option or press the Alt-A keys to save the file. This option allows you
to save the file to a different path or filename.

The file will be saved in the Eagle Point SDMS format.

Print

Click on this option or press the Alt-P keys to print the current file to the default
printer. A sample of a printed report can be seen in Figure A-4.The system displays
the Printer Settings dialog box (Figure A-3). The Printer Settings dialog box allows
you to verify or adjust the printer configuration. Choose the type of printer you want
along with any other relevant parameters.

Figure A-3 Printer Settings Dialog Box

Printer Click on this button to place a check mark in the box when the
Data file is to be sent to the printer. When this field is set to on
you must enter the appropriate data in the following fields.

Printer Driver Click on this option to display a list of the valid printers. When you
click on the appropriate printer, the system displays the printer
name in the Printer Driver field and closes the Printer Driver list.

Page Length Enter the number of lines on a page.

A-4 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Paper Click on this option to define the paper type. The available op-
tions are:

Wide
Narrow

File Click on this button to place a check mark in the box when the
data file is to be sent to a file.

When this field is set to on,The fields in the Printer Settings dia-
log box change. You must enter a filename. Include the path of
the file unless the file is to be saved to the current directory.
Click on the Select button to select the directory and filename.

Port Click on this button to display the Port List. This option defines
the parallel port to which the printer is connected. Select one of
the following options.

LPT1
LPT2
LPT3

Header on Click on this button to define whether the header prints on each
Every Page? page or only the first page. The header shows the project and
sub-project names, the printout title, page number, data and time.
When the header only prints on the first page, the system prints
the date, time and page number at the top of subsequent pages.
Select one of the following options:

Yes: The system prints a header on every page.

No: The system prints a header only on the first page.

Print Lines Enter the number of lines that are to print on each page.

COGO Editor A-5

Eagle Point Software

Figure A-4 Sample Printed File

A-6 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Exit

Click on this option or press the Alt-X keys to exit the COGO Editor. If changes
have been made to the file, the system displays the Alert dialog box (Figure A-5).

Figure A-5 Alert Dialog Box

To exit the COGO Editor and save the file with the changes, click on the Yes button.
To exit the COGO Editor without saving the changes, click on the No button. To re-
turn to the COGO Editor, click on the Cancel button.

Edit Menu

This menu provides a method to search and modify data within the file. The follow-
ing options are available when you click on the Edit menu.

You may access Help when editing the data by pressing the F1 key or the question
mark (?). Refer to Accessing Help on page A-26 for additional information.

Find Text

Click on this option or press the Alt-S keys to locate a specific Data Tag or Field
Value. The system searches for the information exactly as it is entered in this dialog
box. The system displays the Find Text dialog box (Figure A-6).

This option locates the first occurrence of the search. To locate the next
occurrence press the Ctrl-S keys.

Both fields are toggles. To toggle either field on or off press the spacebar. When a
check mark displays in this field it is set to on; otherwise, the field is set to off.

COGO Editor A-7

Eagle Point Software

Figure A-6 Find Text Dialog Box

Tag When this field is set to on and a data tag is highlighted in the
work area, the system displays the data tag and associated field
value.

When this field is set to on and a data tag is not highlighted in

the work area, this field is blank. Either enter the two-character
tag or click on the down arrow key to display a list of the valid
data tags. These are all the data tags used by Data Collection.

Field When this field is set to on and a value is highlighted in the work
area, the system displays the data tag and associated field value.

When this field is set to on and a data tag or field value is not
highlighted in the work area, this field is blank. Enter the value
you want to locate.

After you click on the OK button the system searches for the first occurrence that meets
the conditions defined. If you want to locate the next occurrence press the Ctrl-S keys.

Finding a Data Tag within the File

To find a data tag and tag value complete the following steps:

1. Click on the Edit menu or press the ESC key and the arrow keys. The system dis-
plays the Edit menu.

2. Click on the Find Text menu option or press the Alt-S keys. The system dis-
plays the Find Text dialog box (Figure A-6).

3. Click on the Tag option to set the field to On. When this field is set to On, the
system displays a check mark in the box.

4. Type pn in the Tag field.

A-8 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

5. Click on the Field option to set this field to Off. When this field is set to off, the
system does not display a check mark in the box.

6. Click on the OK button to save the settings or press the Tab key until OK is high-
lighted and press the Enter key. The system finds the first occurrence of the data
tag PN: after the current cursor location.

Find & Replace

Click on this option or press the Alt-R keys to locate specific data within the file and
replace the data. The system displays the Find and Replace dialog box (Figure A-7 ).

Figure A-7 Find and Replace Dialog Box

Search When a data tag or tag value is highlighted in the work area, the
system displays that tag or value.

Enter the data tag, tag value or character string you want to lo-
cate. In order for the system to locate the information, you must
enter it exactly as it exits in the file.

Replace Enter the new data tag, field value or character string. The sys-
tem replaces the information entered in the Search field with the
information entered in this field.

After you click on the OK button, the system searches for the data tag, field value or
character string and replaces each occurrence with the data entered in the Replace
field. The system automatically replaces all occurrences that meet the conditions in
the Search field.

Finding and Replacing a Data Tag within the File

To find and replace a value complete the following steps:

1. Click on the Edit menu or press the ESC key and the arrow keys. The system dis-
plays the Edit menu.

2. Click on the Find & Replace menu option or press the Alt-R keys. The system
displays the Find and Replace dialog box (Figure A-7).

COGO Editor A-9

Eagle Point Software

3. Type tree in the Search field.

4. Type tree large in the Replace field.

5. Click on the OK button to save the settings or press the Tab key until the OK but-
ton is highlighted and press the Enter key. All occurrences of TREE are replaced
with TREE LARGE.

Before After

16" OAK TREE 16" OAK TREE LARGE

OTREE OTREE LARGE
TREE TREE LARGE

Delete Line

Click on this option or press the Alt-D keys to remove the highlighted line from the file.
The system automatically renumbers the lines within the file. Use the Undo All option to
reverse this action. See Undo All on page A-14 for a detailed discussion of the option.

Because we are dealing with a legal document, you should not erase any
data from the file. Therefore, we strongly recommend you use the data tag
DL: rather than using this option.

Deleting a Line within the File

To remove the second line in the file, complete the following steps:

1. Press the arrow key to place the cursor anywhere within the second line.

2. Click on the Edit menu or press the ESC key and the arrow keys. The system dis-
plays the Edit menu.

3. Click on the Delete Line menu option or press the Alt-D keys. The system re-
moves the second line in the file and renumbers the lines accordingly.

You may also place DL:SH at the end of the line.

Insert Line

Click on this option or press the Alt-N keys to insert a line after the highlighted line.
The system automatically renumbers the lines within the file. Use the Delete Line op-
tion to reverse this action. See Delete Line on page A-10 for a detailed discussion of
the option.

A-10 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Inserting a Line within the File

To insert a line after the third line in the file, complete the following steps:

1. Use the arrow keys to place the cursor anywhere within the third line.

2. Click on the Edit menu or press the ESC key and the arrow keys. The system dis-
plays the Edit menu.

3. Click on the Insert Line menu option or press the Alt-N keys. The system places
a blank line after the third line and renumbers the lines accordingly.

Insert Column

Click on this option or press the Alt-C keys to add a column to the end of each row
in the file.

While the system adds the column to each row, it displays the current background
image and a message indicating that columns are being added.

You cannot insert a column within the middle of a row.

Inserting a Column in the File

To insert a column at the end of each row, complete the following steps:

1. Press the arrow key to place the cursor anywhere in the file.

2. Click on the Edit menu or press the ESC key and the arrow keys. The system dis-
plays the Edit menu.

3. Click on the Insert Column menu option or press the Alt-C keys. The system
adds a column at the end of every row and regenerates the editor.

Global Edit

Click on this option or press the Alt-G keys to edit specific data tags within the file.
The system displays the Global Edit dialog box (Figure A-8).

COGO Editor A-11

Eagle Point Software

Figure A-8 Global Edit Dialog Box

Data Tag The system displays the Data Tag highlighted in the Worksheet
Area or the last Data Tag saved.

When this field is blank, enter the two-character code or click on

the Down arrow key to display a list of valid Data Tags. These
are all the Data Tags used by Data Collection.

Node Selection Click on the down arrow key to display the valid Selection Meth-
Method ods. Highlight the Selection Method associated with your opera-
tion. The following selection methods are valid:

Single: The system operates on a single point number (PN:).

Range: The system operates on all point numbers (PN:) within

a specific range. Enter the first point number (PN:) and the
last point number. The system operates on all PN:, inclu-
sively, within the range.

Description: The system operates on all nodes with the match-

ing point description (PD:).

Exact Description: The system operates on all nodes with the

point description (PD:). When this option is selected you
must enter the point description (PD:) exactly as the de-
scription associated with the node.

All: The system operates on all activities (AC:).

A-12 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Starting Point The starting point for the edit is indicated in this field.

Ending Point The ending point for the edit is indicated in this field.

Change Tag To To toggle the field on or off press the spacebar. When a check mark
displays in this field it is set to on; otherwise, the field is set to off.

When this field is set to on, enter the two-character code you want
to change the data tag to when all conditions are met. To display a
list of valid data tags highlight the down arrow key and press the
Enter key. The system displays a list of the valid data tags.

Field Value To toggle the field on or off, press the spacebar. When a check
mark displays in this field, it is set to on; otherwise, the field is
set to off.

When this field is set to on, define the value operator by pressing
the spacebar. To change which value operator is applied to the
current field value press the spacebar. The following operators
are valid:

Add: Adds a specific value to the value of the data tag. For ex-
ample to add 10 to all Point Numbers (PN), type pn in the
Data Tag field, place a check mark in the Field Value box,
set the value to Add and type 10 as the value.

To subtract a value enter a negative number.

Multiply: Multiplies a specific value to the field value for the

data tag. For example, to multiply all Slope Distances (DS)
by 3.13428, type ds in the Data Tag field, place a check mark
in the Field Value box, set the value to Multiply and type
3.13428 as the value.

To divide a value enter a number less than 1.00.

Set To: Sets the data tag to a specific value. For example, to set
all Point Descriptions (PD) to TREE, type pd in the Data
Tag field, place a check mark in the Field Value box, set
the value to Set To and type tree as the value.

Confirm Each To toggle the field on or off, press the spacebar. When a check
mark displays in this field it is set to on; otherwise, the field is
set to off.

COGO Editor A-13

Eagle Point Software

Place a check mark in this box when you want to verify each
change. When a check mark is not placed in this box, the system
changes all occurrences meeting the conditions defined.

Global Editing of a Field

To perform a Global Edit on a field, complete the following steps:

1. Place the cursor at the top of the data file.

2. Click on Edit to display the Edit menu.

3. Click on Global Edit or press the Alt-G keys.

4. Place the cursor in the Data Tag field and type xc.

5. If an X does not display in the Field Value field, click on the button to place an X
to set this field on; otherwise, skip this step.

6. Set the Field Value to Add.

7. Type 2000000.

8. Click on the OK button. The system adds 2 million to all XC: data tags.

Undo All

Click on this option or press the Alt-U keys to undo all changes made to the file
since the last time the file was saved. When no changes have been made to the file
and this option is selected, the system displays an Alert box (Figure A-9).

Figure A-9 Alert Dialog Box

Undoing Changes in the File

To undo all changes made to the file since the last time it was saved, complete the
following steps:

A-14 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

1. Click on the Edit menu or press the ESC key and the arrow keys. The system dis-
plays the Edit menu.

2. Click on the Undo All menu option or press the Alt-U keys. The system restores
the file to the same condition as when it was last saved.

Options Menu

Click on this menu to define the various options associated with the COGO Editor.

Background

Click on this option or press the Ctrl-P keys to change the background image. The
system displays the Background dialog box (Figure A-10).

The Background Image field is a toggle. To toggle the field on or off press the space-
bar. When a check mark displays in the field it is set to on; otherwise, the field is set
to off.

This option is available only when in a Graphics Video Mode.

Figure A-10 Background Dialog Box

Background Place a check mark in this field to define a background image to

Image display. To remove a displayed check mark, press the spacebar.

Select Highlight the Select button and press the Enter key to display a
list of the current background images that may be used.

The background image must be in a .PCX format.

Filename The system displays the complete path and name of the current
background image.

COGO Editor A-15

Eagle Point Software

Defining the Background Image

To define the background image, complete the following steps:

1. Click on the Options menu or press the ESC key and the arrow keys. The sys-
tem displays the Options menu.

2. Click on the Background menu option or press the Ctrl-P keys. The system dis-
plays the Background dialog box (Figure A-10).

3. Click on the Background Image button. The system displays a check mark in the
box when the button is set on.

4. Enter the complete path and file name.

5. Click on the OK button. The system displays the selected .PCX file when the
SDMS COGO Editor is loaded.

Change Icon

Click on this option or press the Ctrl-I keys to change the current icon. When the
COGO Editor is minimized, the system displays the current icon. The system dis-
plays the Change Icon Dialog Box (Figure A-11).

This option is available only when in the Graphics Video Mode.

The Icon field is a toggle. To toggle the field on or off, press the spacebar. When a
check mark displays in the field it is set to on; otherwise, the field is set to off.

Figure A-11 Change Icon Dialog Box

Icon Place a check mark in this field to define an icon image to dis-
play. To remove a displayed check mark, press the spacebar.

A-16 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Select Highlight the Select button and press the Enter key to display a
list of the current icons that may be used.

The icon must be in a .PCX format.

Filename The system displays the complete path and name of the current
Icon Image.

Defining an Icon

To define an icon complete the following steps:

1. Click on the Options menu or press the ESC key and the arrow keys. The sys-
tem displays the Options menu.

2. Click on the Change Icon menu option or press the Ctrl-I keys. The system dis-
plays the Change Icon dialog box (Figure A-11).

3. Click on the Icon button. The system displays a check mark in the box when the
button is set on.

4. Enter the complete path and file name.

5. Click on the OK button. The system displays the selected .PCX file icon when
the COGO Editor is minimized.

Colors

Click on this option or press the Ctrl-C keys to define the group, item, foreground
and background colors. The system displays the Colors dialog box (Figure A-12).

COGO Editor A-17

Eagle Point Software

Figure A-12 Colors Dialog Box

Group The system displays a list of the types of groups. Select the
group you want to define the color for.

Item The system displays a list of fields for the selected group. Select
the field within the group you want to define the color for.

Foreground The system displays the valid foreground colors. Select the ap-
propriate foreground color for the Group and Item.

Background The system displays the valid background colors. Select the ap-
propriate background color for the Group and Item.

Color Scheme Click on this field to display the predefined colors that may be
used as the default colors.

Color Test Based on the Foreground and Background color selections, the
system displays the selected colors.

Defining Colors

To define the Help screen colors, complete the following steps:

1. Click on the Options menu or press the ESC key and the arrow keys. The sys-
tem displays the Options menu.

2. Click on the Colors menu option or press the Ctrl-C keys. The system displays
the Colors dialog box (Figure A-12).

A-18 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

3. Click on Help in the Group list. The system displays the fields associated with
the group in the Item list.

4. Click on Choices in the Item list.

5. Click on a color of your choice as the Foreground color. The system places a
check mark on the selected color.

6. Click on a color of your choice as the Background color. The system places a
check mark on the selected color.

Notice the Color Test field directly below the Background colors changes to re-
flect the color selections.

7. Click on the OK button.

8. Click on the Help button to display a Help screen. The system displays the colors
selected when you display a Help screen.

Customize

Click on this option or press the Ctrl-C keys to customize the SDMS Editor. The sys-
tem displays the Customize Editor dialog box (Figure A-13).

Some of the fields are toggles. To toggle a field to on or off press the spacebar. When a
check mark displays in the field, it is set to on; otherwise the field is set to off.

Figure A-13 Customize Editor Dialog Box

Activity Field Enter the number of characters that may display in the activity
Displayed field. The activity field is the first data field column in the
Width COGO Editor. An activity consists of two characters.

COGO Editor A-19

Eagle Point Software

Data Field Enter the maximum number of characters that may display in the
Displayed data field. The number entered in this field cannot exceed the
Width maximum field width or 128 characters. This is the size the field
displays on the screen, not the actual size of the field.

Data Field Max Enter the maximum number of characters that can be stored in
Field Width the data field. This is the actual size of the field. The maximum
number of characters allowed in this field is 128.

The default value is the maximum width of the longest field in the input file.
If you decrease the default value, data will be lost.

Alert for When this toggle is set to on, the system does not allow you to
Change of the change the AC: code. The system sounds a beep alerting you to
AC Tag the change. You must return the Data Tag to its original value in
order to leave the field. This is accomplished by pressing the
Control and Backspace keys.

When this toggle is set to off, the system allows you to change
the AC: code. The system sounds a beep alerting you to the
change; however, it does not require you to return the Data Tag
to its original value.

When the AC: tag is changed, the system appends the data to the previous
data activity.

Allow Invalid When this field is set to on, the system checks to determine
Field Entry whether valid data is entered into the field. When invalid data is
entered, the system sounds a beep alerting you and requires you
to enter valid data before leaving the field.

When this field is set to off, the system checks to determine whether
valid data is entered into the field. When invalid data is entered, the
system sounds a beep alerting you to the error; however, it does not
require you to change the data before leaving the field.

Display Tag Help When this field is set to on, the system displays the help prompt
Prompt associated with the highlighted Data Tag in the Current Active
field between the Options menu and the Help menu.

When this field is set to off, the system does not display the help
prompt associated with the highlighted Data Tag in the Current
Active field.

A-20 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Customizing the Editor

To customize the editor, complete the following steps:

1. Click on the Options menu or press the ESC key and the arrow keys. The sys-
tem displays the Options menu.

2. Click on the Customize menu option or press the Ctrl-U keys. The system dis-
plays the Customize Editor dialog box (Figure A-13 on page A-19).

3. Type 3 in the Activity Field Displayed Width field.

4. If a check mark displays in the Allow Invalid Field Entry button, click on the OK
button to remove the check mark; otherwise, skip this step.

5. Click on the OK button. The system displays a maximum of three characters in the
Activity field and does not allow you to enter invalid data tags or invalid tag values.

Gridlines

Click on this option or press the Ctrl-G keys to define the vertical and/or horizontal
gridlines drawn in the COGO Editor. The system displays the Gridlines dialog box
(Figure A-14).

Setting the Gridlines on requires additional memory; therefore, the system

response time may be slower.

These fields are toggles. To toggle either field on or off, press the spacebar. When a
check mark displays in this field it is set to on; otherwise, the field is set to off.

This option is only available when you are in the Graphics mode.

COGO Editor A-21

Eagle Point Software

Figure A-14 Gridlines Dialog Box

Vertical When this field is set to on, the system draws vertical gridlines.

Columns Per The value entered in this field indicates how many columns are
Grid Line placed between gridlines. To place one column between each
gridline, type 1.

Horizontal When this field is set to on, the system draws horizontal gridlines.

Lines Per Grid The value entered in this field indicates how many rows are placed
Line between gridlines. To place one row between each gridline, type 1.

Defining Gridlines

To define vertical and horizontal gridlines, complete the following steps:

1. Click on the Options menu or press the ESC key and the arrow keys. The sys-
tem displays the Options menu.

2. Click on the Gridlines menu option or press the Ctrl-G keys. The system dis-
plays the Gridlines dialog box (Figure A-14).

3. Click on the Vertical button. The system displays a check mark in the box when
the button is set to On.

4. Type 1 in the Columns Per Grid Line field. This will place a single column be-
tween each gridline.

5. Click on the Horizontal button. The system displays a check mark in the box
when the button is set to On.

6. Type 1 in the Lines Per Grid Line field. This will place a single line between
each gridline.

7. Click on the OK button. The system displays vertical and horizontal gridlines be-
tween each data square.

A-22 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Regenerate

Click on this button or press the Ctrl-R keys to regenerate the COGO Editor. While
the system regenerates the file, the background image displays and a message dis-
plays indicating that the editor is regenerating.

If Data Tags are deleted, a blank area displays in the file until the file is
reloaded or regenerated.

Regenerating the Editor

To regenerate the editor, complete the following steps:

1. Click on the Options menu or press the ESC key and the arrow keys. The sys-
tem displays the Options menu.

2. Click on the Regenerate menu option or press the Ctrl-R keys. The system dis-
plays a message stating a backup file is being saved, removes all blank fields
from the file and reformats the data.

Version

Click on this button or press the Ctrl-E keys to display the Version dialog box (Fig-
ure A-15).

Figure A-15 Version Dialog Box

COGO Editor A-23

Eagle Point Software

Displaying the Version Dialog Box

To display the Version dialog box, complete the following steps:

1. Click on the Options menu or press the ESC key and the arrow keys. The sys-
tem displays the Options menu.

2. Click on the Version menu option or press the Ctrl-E keys. The system displays
the Version dialog box.

Video Mode

Click on this button or press the Ctrl-V keys to change the video mode. The system
displays the Video Mode dialog box (Figure A-16).

Figure A-16 Video Mode Dialog Box

If you select an incompatible video mode your system may lock up.

Mode Press the Tab key to move to the Mode field. Press the Tab key a
second time to move to the Down arrow key and press the Enter
key to display a list of valid video modes.

Highlight the correct video mode and press the Enter key to dis-
play all available video modes.

Defining the Video Mode

To define the video mode, complete the following steps:

1. Click on the Options menu or press the ESC key and the arrow keys. The system
displays the Options menu.

A-24 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

2. Click on the Video Mode menu option or press the Ctrl-V keys. The system dis-
plays the Video Mode dialog box (Figure A-16).

3. Click on the Mode field to display a list of the video modes.

4. Click on the appropriate mode.

5. Click on the OK button. The current video mode is selected.

Current Active Field

When you are working within the Worksheet area of the COGO Editor, the system dis-
plays the current Data Tag and the definition associated with the Data Tag if the Display
Tag Help prompt on the Customize Editor dialog box (Figure A-13) is set on.

This field will be blank when the Display Tag Help prompt on the Customize Editor dialog
box (Figure A-13) is set off or you have activated the File, Edit or Options buttons.

Help Menu

Click on this button to access the Help menu. You can click on the Help button on
each individual dialog box to display the Help screens, or you can click on the Help
button to display the Help menu. In most cases, the On-line Help displayed when
you click on the Help menu and the individual dialog box are identical. For example,
if the Global Edit dialog box is displayed and you click on the Help button, the sys-
tem displays the same Help file as when you click on the Help button to display the
menu and then select Global Edit.

Accessing Help

To display the Help menu when entering or editing Data Tags, complete the follow-
ing steps:

1. Place the cursor on the data tag PD.

2. Press the F1 key or the question mark (?). The system displays the Data Tags list.

3. Click on the Data Tag FE:. The system changes the PD: Data Tag to FE:.

Scroll Bar

Two scroll bars are located on the COGO Editor. The up and down scroll bar is lo-
cated on the right side of the displayed screen and is used to move up or down within

COGO Editor A-25

Eagle Point Software

the file. The left and right scroll bar is located at the bottom of the screen and is used
to move to the right or left within the file.

Worksheet Area

This is the area within the editor that actually contains the survey data. The information
within this area may be edited, modified and changed to meet your specific needs.

The options available on the Edit menu provide various methods to manipulate the
data with the Worksheet Area. Refer to the appropriate menu option for a detailed ex-
planation.

Keystrokes

Keystroke Definition

Up Arrow Move up one line

Down Arrow Move down one line

Right Arrow Move right one character

Left Arrow Move left one character

Enter Move right one field

Tab Move right one field

Shift-Tab Move left one field

Page Up Move up one page

Ctrl-PgUp Move to top of the file

Ctrl-T Move to top of the file

Page Down Move down one page

Ctrl-PgDn Move to bottom of file

Ctrl-B Move to bottom of file

Home Move to beginning of current field

Ctrl-Home Move to beginning of current line

A-26 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Keystroke Definition

Ctrl-Home-Home Move to beginning of current page

End Move to end of current field

Ctrl-End Move to end of current line

Ctrl-End-End Move to end of current page

Ctrl-Backspace Undo changes in the current field

Ctrl-Del Clear contents of current field

Backspace Delete character to the left of cursor

Del Delete character at cursor

Ins Toggle insert mode on or off

Escape Switch focus between the editor and the main

menu bar

Alt-F Open File menu

Alt-E Open Edit menu

Alt-O Open Options menu

Alt-H Open Help index

Alt-S Search for a string

Alt-R Search for a string and replace it

Alt-D Delete line

Ctrl-Y Delete line

Alt-N Insert new line

Alt-C Insert new column

Alt-G Global edit file

Alt-U Undo all

Alt-K Show keystrokes help screen

COGO Editor A-27

Eagle Point Software

Keystroke Definition

F1 Show help for current data tag or field

? Show help for current data tag or field

Alt-F5 Restore Window

Alt-F6 Minimize Window (press Enter to restore)

Alt-F7 Maximize Window

Alt-F8 Lower Window

Alt-W Save File

Alt-A Save File As

Alt-P Print File

Alt-X Exit Editor

A-28 COGO
 Appendix B: References
Harbin, Andrew L. Land Surveyor Reference Manual, 2nd edition. Belmont CA: Pro-
fessional Pulbications, 1989.

Hickerson, Thomas F. Route Location and Design, 5th edition. New York: McGraw-
Hill, 1964.

Meyer, Carl F. Route Surveying and Design, 4th edition. New York: International
Textbook Company, 1969.

Mikhail, Edward M. Analysis and Adjustment of Survey Measurements, 5th edition.

New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, 1981.

Moffitt, Francis H. Surveying, 8th edition. New York: Harper & Row, 1987.

A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets. Washington D.C.:

AASHTO, 1990.

Wolf, Paul R. Adjustment Computations, 2nd edition. Rancho Cordova, CA: Land-
mark Enterprises, 1980.

References B-1
Eagle Point Software

B-2 COGO
 COGO Tutorial
Introduction

Coordinate Geometry (COGO) is a sophisticated AutoCAD computer program that

may be used independently or in conjunction with other Eagle Point software. This
software uses standard industry routines to input data and create and query drawings.
COGO uses the mathematical concepts of coordinate geometry to place single or
multiple data points (nodes).

The tutorial guides you through drafting procedures. As with any software program,
you need to spend some time with COGO to become familiar with all of the features
available. By following the steps listed in this tutorial, you will have a basic under-
standing of COGO.

At Eagle Point, we build our software around our users. Therefore, we actively so-
licit suggestion on how this or any of our other programs can be enhanced to help
you. Send comments to:

Eagle Point
Civil Applications-COGO
4131 Westmark Drive
Dubuque, Iowa 52002-2627

If you have any questions concerning a problem with the software, call the Eagle
Point Technical Support Staff, we will help you solve your problem. Our telephone
number is

1-800-477-0909

The AutoCAD Advantage Series

The purpose of this tutorial is to familiarize you with the basic operations of the
COGO module. This tutorial is divided into a series of five lessons using different
drawings for different situations. Many of the COGO commands are used, but we
did not intend to cover all of the available commands. To familiarize yourself with
the commands not discussed, please refer to your COGO manual.

How to Get into the Eagle Point Advantage Series

This tutorial assumes that the Eagle Point AutoCAD Advantage Series for AutoCAD
is installed on your computer’s C:\EPWIN13 directory and that AutoCAD for Win-

Tutorial CG-1
Eagle Point Software

dows is installed in C:\R13. If these programs are installed in different locations than
those listed above, substitute the drive and path of your program locations for the
paths shown in this tutorial.

To access COGO, you need to first start the Eagle Point program by double clicking
on the Advantage Series icon. If you are using Advantage Series for AutoCAD DOS,
you need to type:

C:\CD\EP
C:\EP> EAGLE

The Eagle Point AutoCAD Advantage Series Welcome screen displays on your
monitor, and AutoCAD is loaded into memory. Next, the Eagle Point Project Man-
ager dialog box displays (Figure CG-1). The Project manager allows you to add new
projects or to access existing projects.

Figure CG-1 Project Manager Dialog Box

For the COGO tutorial, the Design file COGO.DWG will be created if you have
done the default installation. Add a new design project by completing the following
steps.

1. If a drawing is currently displayed, select Project Manager from the EP menu

and click on the New button to display the New Project dialog box (Figure CG-
2); otherwise the Project Manager dialog box displays. The project manager al-
lows you to add new projects or to access existing projects.

CG-2 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure CG-2 New Project Dialog Box

2. In the New Project dialog box type Cogo Tutorial in the Description field
and press the Tab key.

3. Type C:\EPWIN13\TUTORIAL\CG\COGO.DWG in the Drawing Name field

and press the Enter key or click on the OK button. The system settings should be
set to version 12.0 defaults

Opening an Existing Project

After correctly typing the information for the COGO tutorial project, you need to
open the project in order to access the different Advantage Series modules you have
installed. To open an existing project, complete the following steps:

1. Highlight the project you want to open, then click on Open.

OR

2. Double click on the project name.

After opening the selected project, the AutoCAD graphic environment is activated
with all of the menu commands available. In addition to the AutoCAD commands,
menu commands are available in the EP Systems menu. This menu allow you to ac-
cess any design project through the Project Manager command. As is always true
with the Project Manager, there are commands to create a new project, modify, copy
or delete a project. To modify or delete a project, highlight the project and select the
appropriate command.

Tutorial CG-3
Eagle Point Software

Obtaining Version Information

If you require assistance with your software, you will be asked to supply the
version information to the Eagle Point technical support engineers. We
strongly recommend having the Eagle Point version, AutoCAD version,
computer size, amount of random access memory (megs of RAM), and
DOS/Windows version information listed at you finger tips before contact-
ing us.

To see the version information of the software module you have installed, select Pro-
ject Manager from the Eagle Point Systems menu. COGO displays the EP Project
Manager dialog box (Figure CG-1). The current version number displays at the top
of the dialog box. You can also click on the About button to display the version in-
formation.

Setting Up Initial Parameters

Before typing information for the COGO tutorial, you need to establish some initial
parameters for the project. In order to correctly set the units, precision, scales, text
size parameters and nodes, complete the following steps:

1. Select the Edit Project Settings from the Eagle Point menu. COGO displays the
Project Settings dialog box (Figure CG-3).

Figure CG-3 Project Settings Dialog Box

CG-4 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

2. Click on the Units button on the Project Settings dialog box. COGO displays the
Units dialog box (Figure CG-4).

Figure CG-4 Units Dialog Box

Set Units

1. For the Linear Units, click on the Feet button to set it to On.

2. For Angular Units, click on the Degrees, Minutes, Seconds button to set it to On.

3. For the Area Units, click on the Square Feet and Acres toggle to set them to On.

4. For the Degree of Curvature Units, click on the Degree of Curvature (Arc) but-
ton to set it On.

5. Type 100 for the Length of the Degree of Curvature (Arc).

6. Click on the OK button to retain the new settings. COGO displays the Project Set-
tings dialog box (Figure CG-3).

Tutorial CG-5
Eagle Point Software

Set Precision

1. Click on the Precision button on the Project Settings dialog box (Figure CG-3).
COGO displays the Precision dialog box (Figure CG-5)

2. Type 2 in the Linear Precision Distances field.

3. Type 2 in the Linear Precision North, East field.

4. Type 1 in the Linear Precision Elevations field.

5. Type 1 in the Linear Precision Stations field.

6. Type 2 in the Area Precision Square Feet field.

7. Type 4 in the Area Precision Acres field.

8. Set the Angular Precision field to Nearest Second.

9. Click on the OK button to retain the new settings. COGO displays the Project Set-
tings dialog box (Figure CG-3).

Figure CG-5 Precision Dialog Box

CG-6 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Set Format

1. Click on the Format button on the Project Settings dialog box (Figure CG-3).
COGO displays the Formats dialog box (Figure CG-6).

2. For the Horizontal direction click on Bearing to set it to On.

3. For the Vertical Directions click on Zenith Angle to set it to On.

4. For the Stations click on 1+00 to set it to On.

5. Click on the OK button to retain the new settings. COGO displays the Project Set-
tings dialog box (Figure CG-3)

Figure CG-6 Formats Dialog Box

Set Scales

1. Click on the Scales button on the Project Settings dialog box (Figure CG-3).
COGO displays the Scale dialog box (Figure CG-7).

2. Type 50 in the Horizontal Scale field.

3. Type 5 for Vertical Scale field.

4. Click on the OK button to retain the new settings. COGO displays the Project Set-
tings dialog box (Figure CG-3).

Tutorial CG-7
Eagle Point Software

Figure CG-7 Scales Dialog Box

Set Text Size

1. Click on the Text Size button on the Project Settings dialog box (Figure CG-3).
COGO displays the Text Size dialog box (Figure CG-8).

2. Type .100 in the Inches field.

OR

Type 100 in the Leroy field.

3. Click on the OK button to retain the settings. COGO displays the Project Settings
dialog box (Figure CG-3).

Figure CG-8 Text Size Dialog Box

Set Options

1. Click on the Options button on the Project Settings dialog box (Figure CG-3).
COGO displays the Options dialog box (Figure CG-9).

2. Set the Auto Plan Load toggle to On.

3. Set the Auto Menu Load toggle to On.

4. Set the Swapping Menu Style button to On.

CG-8 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

5. Click on the OK button to retain the settings. COGO displays the Project Settings
dialog box (Figure CG-3).

6. Click on the OK button to close the Project Settings dialog box.

Figure CG-9 Options Dialog Box

Set Node Attribute Style

1. Select Nodes (Symbols) from the Eagle Point menu. COGO displays the Eagle
Point Nodes dialog box (Figure CG-10).

Figure CG-10 Nodes (Symbols) Dialog Box

Tutorial CG-9
Eagle Point Software

2. Click on the New button to add a Node Attribute Style. This button is located to
the right of the Node Attribute Style list at the tope of the dialog box. COGO dis-
plays the New Node Attribute Style dialog box (Figure CG-11).

3. Type SYMBOL in the Annotation Style Name field.

4. Click on the Num (Number) toggle to set it to On.

5. Click on the Desc (Description) toggle to set it to On.

6. Click on the Elev (Elevation) toggle to set it to On.

7. Any other toggle that may be on, turn off by clicking on it.

8. Click on the OK button to save the new settings. COGO displays the Eagle Point
Nodes dialog box (Figure CG-10).

9. Double click on SYMBOL in the Node Attribute Style list to make it active.
COGO places an asterisk in front of the active Node Attribute Style.

Figure CG-11 New Node Attribute Style Dialog Box

Adding Symbols Library

1. Click on the New button to add a Symbols Library. This button is located under
the Current Symbols default settings. COGO displays the New Symbols Library
dialog box (Figure CG-12).

CG-10 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure CG-12 New Symbols Library Dialog Box

2. Type SURVEY in the Library File Name field.

3. Type EP SURVEY in the User Description field.

4. Click on the Import Existing Symbols Library toggle to set it to On.

5. Click on the 12.0 AutoCAD button to set it to On.

6. Click on the OK button to save the new settings. COGO displays the Select File
to Import dialog box (Figures CG-13 and CG-14).

Selecting Symbol to Import

The Select File to Import dialog box (Figure CG-13) provides a method to import the
symbols library. Both the DOS and Windows versions are explained below.

Tutorial CG-11
Eagle Point Software

DOS

Figure CG-13 Select File to Import-DOS Dialog Box

1. Set the Directory field to EP\DWG.

2. Set the Pattern edit field to *.LIB.

3. Highlight SYMBOL in the File edit field.

4. Click on the OK button to retain the new settings.

CG-12 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Windows

Figure A-14 Select File to Import-Windows

1. Select the C drive from the Drives scroll list.

2. Set the Directory field to EP\DWG for DOS or EPWIN13\DGW for Windows.

3. Select *.LIB from List of Files of Type scroll list.

4. Select SYMBOL.LIB from the File scroll list.

5. Click on the OK button to retain the new settings.

Setting Current Symbols Library

1. Click on the Current Symbols Library drop down list on the Eagle Point Nodes
dialog box. A list of the symbol libraries displays.

2. Click on the EP Survey Symbol Library to make it active. COGO displays a list
of the symbols associated with the library.

3. Next to the current symbol library list there is a toggle, Use Field Layer/Color.
Toggle it Off.

4. Click on the Close button to retain the new settings.

Tutorial CG-13
Eagle Point Software

COGO - Lesson 1

This tutorial is divided into a series of three lessons. The lessons may be completed
in any order. If you would like to stop at the end of a lesson, feel free to do so. When
you return to the tutorial, you may continue with your drawing or use the drawing
we have provided. The steps needed to copy the drawing provided are included at the
beginning of each lesson.

Starting the Lesson

This lesson covers the following COGO commands:

• COGO Settings
• Place Node
• Alignment Traverse
• Offset Alignment
• Inscribe Reverse Curve

Goal: We will now set up our drawing with all of the settings options in COGO. We
will then offset the alignment for creating a turning lane, and property lines for devel-
oping lots.

Opening COGO

To open COGO, complete the following steps:

1. Select EP from the main menu bar to display the Eagle Point menu.

2. Move the arrow to click on CIVIL.

3. Move the arrow to COGO on the Eagle Point menu and select. The COGO menu
displays across the top of the screen.

COGO Settings

The COGO Settings specify how the information created within COGO will appear.

CG-14 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Set Entry Options

Use the Set Entry Options command to establish delimiters for using distances de-
fined by node pairs. You may select a Cartographic Coordinate System, specify a
combination scale factor, select a correction factor Beam Curvature due to refraction
and type parameters for non-parallel sight lines.

1. Select the Settings from the COGO main menu.

2. Select Set Entry Options from the Settings menu. COGO displays the Set Entry
Options dialog box (Figure CG-2).

Figure CG-15 Set Entry Option Dialog Box

3. Set the Distance Delimiter Between Node Numbers to ;. If this is already done,
bypass this step.

4. If the Coordinate System Code is available, set this to none by clicking on the Se-
lect... button and select NONE for the Select Cartographic Coordinate System
dialog box and click on the OK button.

5. Set the Combination Scale Factor to 1.00. If this is already done, bypass this step.

6. Toggle the Atmospheric Refraction Factor toggle to Off. If this is already done
bypass this step.

7. In the Non-Parallel Sight Lines group box, set the EM-Theodolite to 0.00" and
the Prism-Target to 0.00".

8. Click on the OK button to retain any changes made.

Tutorial CG-15
Eagle Point Software

Set Mapcheck Options

Use Set Mapcheck Options to choose whether mapchecks are run along the chords
of curves or through the radius points. You will also be able to establish precisions
for traversing and displaying mapchecks.

1. Select Set Map Check Options from the Settings menu. The Map Check Options
dialog box (Figure CG-3) displays.

Figure CG-16 Set Map Check Options Dialog Box

2. Set the Run Traverses Through Radius Points radio button to On. If this is al-
ready done, bypass this step.

3. The following toggles should be turned On.

Angle: Set the precision to Nearest Second.

Distance Set the precision to 2.
Coordinates Set the precision to 4.
Closure Set the precision to 4.

4. Click on OK to retain your changes and exit the Mapcheck Options dialog box.

Set Active Field Code

The Set Active Field Code command selects the active field code in the symbols library.

1. Select Set Active Field Code from the Settings menu.

2. When COGO displays the message:

CG-16 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Active Field Code or ?

type 70 and press the Enter key. This step sets the active field code in the Nodes
(Symbols). Return to the Nodes (Symbols) dialog box and notice that FC 70 is
the new active field code. The active field code controls the default node symbol
and node attributes.

Set Node Input options

The Set Node Input options command controls how COGO prompts you at the
command line for Node Number, Elevation, Description and Field Code Node Input.
These settings only affect COGO command line input.

1. Select Set Node Input options from the Settings menu. The Set Node Input op-
tions dialog box (Figure CG-4) displays.

Figure CG-17 Set Node Input Options Dialog Box

2. Set the following Input Options and values.

Component Input Option Value

Node number Always Prompt 1

Elevation Always Prompt 0.00
Description Always Prompt TOPO
Field Code From Node Style

3. Click on the OK button to accept all of the changes.

Toggle Draw Lines Option

Use this option to turn On or Off the Draw Lines option. When a check mark dis-
plays next to the Draw Lines option, the Draw Lines option is set to On. When no

Tutorial CG-17
Eagle Point Software

check mark displays, the Draw Lines option is Off. To turn on or off the toggle, click
on the menu item in the Settings menu.

If there is a check mark in front of the menu item, bypass this step. If not, click on
Toggle Draw Lines Option.

Toggle Draw Nodes Option

Use this option to turn On or Off the Draw Nodes option. When a check mark dis-
plays next to the Draw Nodes option, the draw Nodes option is set to On. When no
check mark displays, the Draw Nodes option is Off. To turn on or off the toggle,
click on the menu item in the Settings menu.

If there is a check mark in from of the menu item, omit this step. If not, Click on the
Toggle Draw Nodes Option.

Creating and Setting a Layer to be Current

Before we start placing any information into the drawing, we need to set the layer to
place the information on.

1. Type DDLMODES for DOS and press the Enter key at the command prompt. The
Layer Control dialog box displays. For Windows, the Layer Control button may
be used.

2. Type CENTERLINE in the box above the OK button, then click on the New but-
ton.

3. Highlight Centerline from the Layer Name list and click on the Set Color but-
ton. The Select Color dialog box displays.

4. Click on the color Yellow, or type YELLOW in the color field and click on the OK
button.

5. Click on the Current button to make Centerline the current layer.

6. Click on the OK button to close the Layer Control dialog box.

Placing a Node

We will place a node in our drawing so that we will have a point in our drawing to
start an alignment traverse from.

1. Select Place Node from the Nodes menu.

CG-18 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

2. The command prompt displays:

Style/Node Input options/Batch/<Batch=OFF>:

press the Enter key to continue without changing the existing settings.

3. When the command prompt displays:

Select point for node 1:

type 5000,5000 and press the Enter key.

4. The command prompt displays:

Node # <1>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

5. The command prompt displays:

Elevation <0.00>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

6. When the command prompt displays:

Description (. for none)<PLUS>:

type CL and press the Enter key.

7. The command prompt displays:

Select point for node 2:

press the Enter key.

Traverse Alignment

We will be using this command to establish a centerline alignment starting at node 1

which we just placed.

1. Select Traverse Alignment from the Alignments menu.

2. The command prompt displays

Style/Node Input options/Batch/<Batch=Off>:

Tutorial CG-19
Eagle Point Software

press the Enter key.

3. The command prompt displays:

Equations/<Start point>:

type E and press the Enter key to enter station equations.

4. When the Station Equations dialog box displays, click on the New button.

5. The New Station Equation dialog box (Figure CG-18) displays. Type
649.2571 for the Station Back. Press the Tab key and type 600.00 in the Sta-
tion Ahead edit field. Click on the Apply button.

Figure CG-18 New Station Equation Dialog Box

6. Click on the Close button to close the New Station Equation dialog box.

7. Click on the OK button on Station Equations dialog box to accept all of the infor-
mation that had been typed in the dialog box.

8. The command prompt displays:

Equations/<start point>:

graphically select node 1 or type 1 and press the Enter key.

9. The command prompt displays:

Station value at start point <0+00.0000>:

press the Enter key.

10. The command prompt displays:

Current Component=Line
s.In/s.Out/coMbine/Curve/New tangent dir./<Tangent>:

type N and press the Enter key.

CG-20 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

11. The command prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint>:

type AB and press the Enter key.

12. The command prompt displays:

AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/POint/<NE>[45°00’00"]:

type NE63.1257 and press the Enter key. This sets the traverse direction to
N63 degrees, 12 minutes, 57 seconds E.

13. The command prompt displays:

Station of next point/ Horiz. dist. options/<Horizontal distance>:

type 400 and press the Enter key.

14. The command prompt displays:

Node # <2>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

15. The command displays:

Elevation <0.00>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

16. The command prompt displays

Description (. for none) <PI>:

type PC and press the Enter key.

17. The command prompt displays:

Current Component=Curve
s.In/s.Out/coMbine/Line/Radial/Chord/New tangent dir./<Tan-
gent>:

press the Enter key. This will place the curve tangent to the line just placed.

18. The Traverse Circular Curve dialog box (Figure CG-19) displays. Type
12.4537 in the Degree of Curve (arc) edit field and press the Tab key.

Tutorial CG-21
Eagle Point Software

Figure CG-19 Traverse Circular Curve Dialog Box

19. Turn the Clockwise toggle ON.

20. Type 200 in the Arc Length edit field and press the Tab key. The other curve pa-
rameters are calculated and displayed.

21. Click on the OK button.

22. The command prompt displays:

Node # <3>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

23. The command prompt displays:

Elevation <0.00>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

24. The command prompt displays:

Description (. for none) <PLUS>:

type PT and press the Enter key.

CG-22 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

25. The command prompt displays:

Node # <4>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

26. The command prompt displays:

Elevation <0.00>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

27. The command prompt displays:

Description (. for none) <PLUS>:

type RP and press the Enter key.

28. The command prompt displays:

Current component=Line
s.In/s.Out/coMbine/Curve/New tangent dir./<Tangent>:

press the Enter key. To remain tangent to the curve.

29. The command prompt displays:

Station of next point/Horiz. dist. options/Horizontal distance>:

type 525 and press the Enter key to remain tangent to the curve.

30. The command prompt displays:

Node # <5>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

31. The command prompt displays:

Elevation <0.00>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

32. The command prompt displays:

Description (. for none)<PI>:

type CL and press the Enter key.

Tutorial CG-23
Eagle Point Software

33. The command prompt displays:

Current component=Curve
s.In/s.Out/coMbine/Line/Radial/Chord/New tangent dir./<Tan-
gent>:

press the CNTL and C keys simultaneously to end the command. For Windows,
press the Esc key.

34. At the command prompt, type Z and press the Enter key. The command prompt
displays:

All/Center/Dynamic/Extents/Left/Previous/Vmax/Win-
dow/<Scale X/XP>:

type E and press the Enter key. The alignment entered will be shown.

Offset Alignment

The offset alignment will be done on the Centerline to create the edge of pavements
along the road. First we will need to change the layer so the edge of pavement comes
in on the correct layer.

1. Type DDLMODES at the command line and press the Enter key.

2. Highlight EP and click on the Current button.

3. Click on the OK button on the Layer Control dialog box.

4. Select Offset Alignment from the Alignments menu.

5. The command prompt displays:

Roadcalc/Watersurface/<Select Alignment>:

graphically select the centerline alignment that was just created in the Traverse
Alignment command.

6. The command prompt displays:

Offset Left/Right/<Both>:

press the Enter key to accept the default of both.

7. The command prompt displays:

Node # /two Points/<Offset Distance>:

CG-24 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

type 12 and press the Enter key.

8. Select Offset Alignment from the Alignment menu or press the Enter key to re-
select the command. The command prompt displays:

Roadcalc/Watersurface/<Select Alignment>:

graphically select the centerline alignment that was created in the Traverse
Alignment command.

9. The command prompt displays:

Offset Left/Right/<Both>:

type R and press the Enter key.

10. The command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Offset Distance>:

type 24 and press the Enter key.

Inscribe Reverse Curves

We will use this command to establish a right turning lane for our road. To help in
node placement, we will turn on the prompt for node number.

1. You may want to zoom on the drawing as shown in Figure CG-20 to help with
the selection of lines. Refer to the AutoCAD 13 User’s Guide on the zoom win-
dow command for details.

2. Select Inscribe Reverse Curves from the Geometry menu.

3. The command prompt displays:

Select Line 1:

graphically select the first line as shown in Figure CG-20.

Tutorial CG-25
Eagle Point Software

Figure CG-20 Inscribing Reverse Curves

4. The command prompt displays:

Select Line 2:

graphically select the line 2 as shown in Figure CG-20.

5. The command prompt displays:

Select point on line for reverse curve starting point:

type ‘OSNAP and press the Enter key. If the mouse is configured, use the middle
mouse button.

6. The command prompt displays:

Object snap modes:

type NEAREST and press the Enter key.

7. The command prompt displays:

Select point on line for reverse curve start point:

Graphically select the start of reverse curve point as shown in Figure CG-20

8. The command prompt displays:

Style/Node Input options/Radii/Degree of curvature/Transition

length

type T and press the Enter key.

9. The command prompt displays:

Point transition Length <0.0000>:

CG-26 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

type 100 and press the Enter key.

10. The command prompt displays:

Trim lines?: No/<Yes>:

press the Enter key to accept the default of yes.

11. The command prompt displays:

<Select object to trim>/Undo

graphically select the lines in order as shown in Figure CG-20. When you have se-
lected the four lines to trim, press the Enter key.

12. The command prompt displays:

Reverse curve 1 PC node # <6>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

13. The command prompt displays:

Elevation <0.00>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

14. The command prompt displays:

Description (. for none) <PLUS>:

type PC and press the Enter key.

15. The command prompt displays:

Reverse curve 1 RP Node # <7>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

16. The command prompt displays:

Elevation <0.00>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

17. The command prompt displays:

Description (. for none) <PLUS>:

Tutorial CG-27
Eagle Point Software

type RP and press the Enter key.

18. The command prompt displays:

PRC Node # <8>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

19. The command prompt displays:

Elevation <0.00>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

20. The command prompt displays:

Description (. for none) <PLUS>:

type PRC and press the Enter key.

21. The command prompt displays:

Reverse curve 2 RP Node # <9>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

22. The command prompt displays:

Elevation <0.00>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

23. The command prompt displays:

Description (. for none) <PLUS>:

type RP and press the Enter key.

24. The command prompt displays:

Reverse curve 2 PT Node # <10>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

25. The command prompt displays:

Elevation <0.00>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

CG-28 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

26. The command prompt displays:

Description (. for none) <PLUS>:

type PT and press the Enter key.

27. At the command line, type PEDIT.

28. The command prompt displays:

Select polyline:

select the south edge of the pavement at the west end.

29. The command prompt displays:

Close/Joint/Width/Edit vertex/Fit/Spline/Decurve/Ltype
gen/Undo/eXit<X>:

type J and press the Enter key.

30. The command prompt displays:

Select objects:

type ALL and press the Enter key twice. The command prompt will state three
segments added to the polyline. Press the Enter key to return to the command
prompt.

Offset Alignment

We will use this command to establish the property lines along the road. First we will
need to set the layer to PROPLINES so the alignment will come in on the correct layer.

1. Type DDLMODES at the command line and press the Enter key.

2. Highlight PROPLINES and click on the Current button.

3. Click on the OK button on the Layer Control dialog box.

4. Select Offset Alignment from the Alignments menu.

5. The command prompt displays:

Roadcalc/Watersurface/<Select Alignment>:

graphically select the centerline alignment.

Tutorial CG-29
Eagle Point Software

6. The command prompt displays:

Offset Left/Right/<Both>:

type L and press the Enter key.

7. The command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Offset Distance>:

type 22 and press the Enter key.

8. Select Offset Alignment from the Alignments menu. Graphically select the right
edge of pavement line with the turning lane. At the west (left) part of the project.
By selecting the line at the west end that will be the starting point.

9. The command prompt displays:

Beginning Station <0+00.00>

press the Enter key to accept the default.

10. The command prompt displays:

Station equations Yes<No>:

press the Enter key to accept the default of no.

11. The command prompt displays:

Offset Left/Right/<Both>:

type R and press the Enter key.

12. The command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Offset Distance>:

type 10 and press the Enter key.

13. Select Offset Alignment from the Alignments menu.

14. The command prompt displays:

Roadcalc/Watersurface/<Select Alignment>:

graphically select the centerline alignment.

15. The command prompt displays:

CG-30 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Offset Left/Right/<Both>:

press the Enter key to accept the default of Both.

16. The command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Offset Distance>:

type 190 and press the Enter key.

For your convenience, we have included a drawing file titled COGO1,

which is the lesson drawing in its completed up to this point. You may
continue the lessons with the drawing you are currently working on, or you
may begin the next section using the drawing file COGO1.DWG (Figure
CG-21).

Figure CG-21 Completed Drawing from Lesson 1

COGO-Lesson 2

This lesson covers the following drafting commands:

• Solve Nodes Along Object
• Draw Through Nodes
• Convert EPoly to Lot
• Draw Bulb Cul-de-Sac

Tutorial CG-31
Eagle Point Software

Goal: We will Solve Nodes Along Objects so we can create our lot or lots Drawing
Through Nodes. We will convert into Lots using the Convert EPoly to Lots option.
We will create a Bulb Cul-de-Sac for our road.

Solve Nodes Along Object

1. Select Solve Nodes Along Object from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Select entity:

Graphically select the Northern back lot line as shown in Figure CG-22.

Figure CG-22 Solving Nodes Along an Object

3. The command prompt displays:

Measure/Divide/Style/Node Input options/<Distance>:

type N and press the Enter key.

4. The Set Node Input options dialog box (Figure CG-23) displays.

CG-32 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure CG-23 Set Nodes Input Dialog Box

5. Set the following input options and values

Node number Always Prompt 20

Elevation Constant 0
Description Constant Lot corner
Field Code From Node Style

6. Click on the OK button.

7. The command prompt displays:

Measure/Divide/Style/Node Input options/<Distance>:

type M and press the Enter key.

8. The command prompt displays:

Enter measure distance:

type 120 and press the Enter key.

9. The command prompt displays:

Node # <20>:

type 22 and press the Enter key.

10. The command prompt displays:

Node # <23>:

Type the following numbers individually for each node number prompt:

23, 26, 27, 30, 31, 34, 35, 38, 39.

Tutorial CG-33
Eagle Point Software

11. Select Solve Nodes Along Object from the Nodes menu or press the Enter key
to reissue the command.

12. The command prompt displays:

Select Entity:

graphically select the northern front lot line as shown in Figure CG-24.

Figure CG-24 Solving Nodes Along an Object

13. The command prompt displays:

Measure/Divide/Style/Node Input options/<Distance>:

type D and press the Enter key.

14. The command prompt displays:

Enter number of segments

type 10 and press the Enter key.

15. The command prompt displays:

Node # <40>:

type 20 and press the Enter key.

16. The command prompt displays:

Node # <21>:

CG-34 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

type the following numbers individually from each node number prompt:

21,24, 25, 28, 29, 32, 33, 36, 37 and 40.

these numbers will be the defaults.

17. Select Solve Nodes Along Object from the Nodes menu or press the Enter key
to reissue the command.

18. The command prompt displays:

Select Entity:

graphically select the southern back lot line as shown in Figure CG-25.

Figure CG-25 Solving a Node Along an Object

19. The command prompt displays:

Measure/Divide/Style/ Node Input options/<Distance >:

type D and press the Enter key.

20. The command prompt displays

Enter number of segments:

type 9 and press the Enter key.

21. The command prompt displays:

Tutorial CG-35
Eagle Point Software

Node # <41>:

press the Enter key to accept.

22. The command prompt displays:

Node # <42>:

Type the following numbers individually for each node number prompt:

42, 45, 46, 49, 50, 53, 54, 57, and 58.

these numbers will be the defaults.

23. Reselect the Solve Node Along Object command from the Node menu or press
the Enter key to reissue the command.

24. The command prompt displays:

Select entity:

graphically select the southern front lot line.

25. The command prompt displays:

Measure/Divide/Style/Node Input options/<Distance>:

type M and press the Enter key.

26. The command prompt displays:

Enter measure distance:

type 126 and press the Enter key.

27. The command prompt displays:

Node # <59>:

type 43 and press the Enter key.

28. The command prompt displays:

Node # <44>:

type the following numbers individually for each prompt.

44, 47, 48, 51, 52, 55 and 56.

CG-36 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

these numbers should be the defaults.

29. Select the Place Node command from the Node menu.

30. The command prompt displays:

Style/Node Input options/Batch/<Batch=OFF>:

press the Enter key.

31. The command prompt displays:

Select point for node # 57.

type END and press the Enter key. The command prompt displays:

of

graphically select the south front lot line by the east end.

32. The command prompt displays:

Node # <57>:

type 59 press the Enter key.

33. The command prompt displays:

Select point of node 60

press the Enter key to end the command.

Draw Through Nodes

1. Select Draw Through Nodes from the Geometry menu.

2. The command prompt displays

Current component=Line
Arc/2-D pline/3-D pline/Line/Range/<Enter a node #>:

if the current component is not a line then type L and press the Enter key. Type R
and press the Enter key.

3. The command prompt displays:

Enter range as #-#:

Tutorial CG-37
Eagle Point Software

type 20-40 and press the Enter key.

4. The command prompt displays:

Current component=Line
Arc/2-D pline/3-D pline/Line/Range/Enter a node #>:

type R and press the Enter key.

5. The command prompt displays:

Enter range as #-#:

type 41-59 and press the Enter key.

6. End the command by pressing the Enter key without an entry at the end of the
command line.

Draw Bulb Cul-de-Sac

1. Type DDLMODES at the command line and press the Enter key.

2. The Layer Control dialog box displays, highlight EP and click on the Current
button. Click on the OK button to close the dialog box.

3. Zoom in to the end of the west end of the subdivision. See Figure CG-26.

Figure CG-26 Drawing a Bulb Cul-de-Sac

4. Select the Draw Bulb Cul-de-Sac command from the Alignments menu.

CG-38 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

5. The command prompt displays:

Select center point Location or enter node number:

type 1 and press the Enter key.

6. The command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Radius Distance>:

type 40 and press the Enter key.

7. The command prompt displays:

Select R.O.W. line:

graphically select one of the cyan lines that represent a pavement edge. See Fig-
ure CG-27.

Figure CG-27 Drawing a Bulb Cul-de-Sac

8. The command prompt displays:

Select R.O.W. line:

graphically select the other cyan line that represent a pavement edge. See Figure
CG-27.

9. The command prompt displays:

Select segment to remove: <eXit>:

Tutorial CG-39
Eagle Point Software

graphically pick the part of the cul-de-sac bulb between the pavement edges. See
Figure CG-27.

10. When the segment is selected and the command prompt displays:

Select segment to remove: <eXit>:

press the Enter key with no entry.

11. The command prompt displays:

Select Radius for fillet <0.000>:

type 20 and press the Enter key.

12. The command prompt displays:

Select first fillet line:

graphically select the north edge of pavement as shown in CG-28.

13. The command prompt displays:

Select second fillet line:

graphically select the cul-de-sac as shown is CG-28.

Figure CG-28 Drawing a Bulb Cul-de-Sac

14. The command prompt displays:

PC Node # <60>:

CG-40 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

press the Enter key to accept.

15. COGO also prompts you for the RP and PT nodes numbers. Press the Enter key
to accept the defaults.

16. The command prompt displays:

Select radius for fillet <20.0000>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

17. The command prompt displays:

Select first fillet line:

graphically the south edge of pavement shown in CG-28.

18. The command prompt displays:

Select second fillet line:

graphically select the cul-de-sac.

19. COGO prompts for PC, RP and PT node numbers. Press the Enter key to accept
the defaults.

20. We will now repeat the Draw Bulb Cul-de-Sac command for the lot lines.

21. At the command prompt type DDLMODES and press the Enter key.

22. The Layer Control dialog box displays, highlight PROPLINES and click on the
Current button.

23. Click on the OK button to keep changes and to exit out of the Layer Control dia-
log box.

24. Select the Draw Bulb Cul-de-Sac command from the Alignments menu.

25. The command prompt displays:

Select center point Location or enter node number:

type 1 and press the Enter key.

26. The command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Radius Distance>:

type 50 and press the Enter key.

Tutorial CG-41
Eagle Point Software

27. The command prompt displays:

Select R.O.W. Line

graphically select one of the magenta property lines going into the Cul-de-Sac.
Repeat step 27 for the other property line.

28. The command prompt displays:

Select segment to remove: <eXit>:

graphically pick the part of the cul-de-sac bulb between the pavement edges. When
the segment is selected, the prompt redisplays. Press the Enter key with no entry.

29. The command prompt displays:

Select radius for fillet <20.0000>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

30. The command prompt displays:

Select the first fillet line:

select the north property line as shown in Figure CG-29.

31. The command prompt displays:

Select second fillet line:

graphically select the outside cul-de-sac as shown in Figure CG-29.

Figure CG-29 Drawing A Bulb Cul-de-Sac

CG-42 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

32. COGO prompts for the PC, RP and PT node numbers. Press the Enter key to ac-
cept the defaults.

33. The command prompt displays:

Select radius for fillet <20.0000>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

34. Repeat steps 30, 31 and 32 for the other side of the cul-de-sac.

Erase Nodes

1. Select Erase Nodes from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Add mode.
Select nodes:

type 20 and press the Enter key. Type 41 and press the Enter key.

You do not need to use the Erase nodes command to remove nodes in a
project drawing. You may use the AutoCAD erase command.

3. Press the Enter key to exit the command.

Modify Nodes

1. Select the Modify Nodes command from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Add mode.
Select nodes:

Type 60 and press the Enter key.

Type 62 and press the Enter key.
Type 63 and press the Enter key.
Type 65 and press the Enter key.

3. Press the Enter key to exit the command.

4. The Modify Nodes dialog box (Figure CG-30) displays. Set Attribute to Edit to
Description.

Tutorial CG-43
Eagle Point Software

Figure CG-30 Modify Nodes Dialog Box

5. Toggle Value to On.

6. Type EP in the value edit field.

7. Click on the Apply button. The Modify Nodes dialog box closes.

8. Select Modify Nodes from the Nodes menu or just press the Enter key to reissue
the command.

9. The command prompt displays:

Add mode.
Select nodes:

Type 61 and press the Enter key.

Type 64 and press the Enter key.
Type 67 and press the Enter key.
Type 70 and press the Enter key.

10. Press the Enter key to exit the command.

11. The Modify Nodes dialog box displays (Figure CG-30). Change Attribute to Edit
to Description

12. Toggle Value to on.

CG-44 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

13. Type RP in the value edit field.

14. Click on the Apply button. The Modify Nodes dialog box closes.

Snap Node to Object

1. Draw a line from node 1 to the endpoints of the back property lines, type L and
press the Enter key at the command prompt.

2. The command prompt displays:

Line from point:

type END and press the Enter key. Select the northern back property line.

3. The command prompt displays:

To point:

type NOD and press the Enter key. Select node 1 at the center of the cul-de-sac.

Figure CG-31 Drawing A Bulb Cul-de-Sac

4. The command prompt displays:

To point:

type END and press the Enter key. Select the southern back property line. Press
the Enter key at the next prompt.

5. At the command prompt type TRIM and press the Enter key.

Tutorial CG-45
Eagle Point Software

6. The command prompt displays:

Select cutting edge(s)

Select objects:

select the magenta property line cul-de-sac shown in Figure CG-32 and press the
Enter key.

Figure CG-32 Snapping a Node to an Object

7. The command prompt displays:

<Select objects to trim>/Undo:

graphically select the segment of the lines just drawn as shown in Figure CG-32.
Press the Enter key.

8. Select Snap Nodes to Objects from the Nodes menu.

9. The command prompt displays:

Add mode/Points/Desc/Elev/Tol/<Select objects>:

move the cross hairs to graphically select the two lines from the cul-de-sac to the
back property lines as shown in CG-33.

CG-46 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure CG-33 Snapping a Node to an Object

10. Once the lines are selected, press the Enter key without input. The nodes are
placed.

11. The command prompt continues to display:

Add mode/Points/Desc/Elev/Tol/<Select Objects>:

press the Enter key at the end of this empty command prompt.

12. Nodes 73-76 will now be renumbered. Select Renumber Nodes from the Nodes
menu.

13. At the command prompt:

Add.
Select nodes:

type 73-76 and press the Enter key twice.

14. At The command prompt displays:

Number to add/subtract:

type -62 and press the Enter key

For your convenience, we have included a drawing file titled COGO2,

which is the lesson drawing completed for you to this point. You may
continue the lessons with the drawing you are currently working on, or you
may begin the next section using the drawing file COGO2.DWG (Figure
CG-34).

Tutorial CG-47
Eagle Point Software

Figure CG-34 Completed Drawing to This Point

Draw Polar Line

1. Select Draw Polar Lines from the Geometry menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Object/<Point>:

type NOD and press the Enter key. Select node 11. See Figure CG-35.

Figure CG-35

3. The command prompt displays:

CG-48 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint>:

type AB and press the Enter key.

4. The command prompt displays:

Enter a bearing or azimuth:

type SW33.1257 and press the Enter key.

5. The command prompt displays:

Node #/two Points/<Horizontal Distance>:

type 190 and press the Enter key.

6. The command prompt displays:

Node #<72>:

type 15 and press the Enter key.

7. Press the Enter key to reselect the command.

8. The command prompt displays:

Object/<Point>:

type 15 and press the Enter key.

9. The command prompt displays:

ABsolute/AUtocad/Backsight/Fpsp/<direction POint>:

type F and press the Enter key.

10. The command prompt displays:

First direction point:

type 11 and press the Enter key.

11. The command prompt displays:

Second direction point:

type 1 and press the Enter key.

12. The command prompt displays:

Tutorial CG-49
Eagle Point Software

Node #/two Points/<horizontal distance>:

type P and press the Enter key.

13. The command prompt displays:

First point:

type 11 and press the Enter key.

14. The command prompt displays:

Second point:

type 1 and press the Enter key

15. The command prompt displays

Node # <16>:

press the Enter key to accept the default.

16. Select Draw Through Nodes from the Geometry menu.

17. The command prompt displays:

Current component=Line
Arc/2D pline/3D pline/Line/Range/<Enter a node #>:

type 15 and press the Enter key.

18. The command prompt displays:

Current component=Line
Arc/2D pline/3D pline/Line/Range/<Enter a node #>:

type 1 and press the Enter key.

19. The command prompt displays:

Current component=Line
Arc/2D pline/3D pline/Line/Range/<Enter a node #>:

type 16 and press the Enter key.

20. The command prompt displays:

Current component=Line
Arc/2D pline/3D pline/Line/Range/<Enter a node #>:

CG-50 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

type 14 and press the Enter key.

21. Press the Enter key of the prompt without an entry to end the command.

22. Type TRIM and press the Enter key at the command prompt.

23. The command prompt displays:

Select cutting edge(s)...

Select objects:

graphically select the magenta property line cul-de-sac, as shown in Figure CG-
36, and press the Enter key.

Figure CG-36 Drawing a Bulb Cul-de-Sac

24. The command prompt displays:

<Select object to trim>/Undo:

select the two line segments inside the cul-de-sac as shown in Figure CG-36.

25. Press the Enter key to end the command.

For your convenience, we have included a drawing file titled

COGO3.DWG, which is the drawing in its completed form up to this point.
You may continue the lessons with the drawing you are currently working
on, or you may begin the next section using the drawing file COGO3.DWG
(Figure CG-37).

Tutorial CG-51
Eagle Point Software

Figure CG-37 Completed drawing from Lesson 2

COGO-Lesson 3
Duplicate Nodes

This section will show how duplicate nodes are created and how to resolve them.

1. At the command prompt type COPY and press the Enter key.

2. The command prompt displays:

Select objects:

graphically select node 15 and press the Enter key.

3. The command prompt displays:

<Base point or displacement>/Multiple:

type NOD and press the Enter key. Graphically select node 1.

4. The command prompt displays:

Second point of displacement:

type INT and press the Enter key. Select the intersection shown in Figure CG-
38.

CG-52 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure CG-38 Selecting an Intersection

5. When node 15 has been copied, select Place Node from the Nodes menu.

6. The command prompt displays:

Style/Node Input options/Batch/<Batch=OFF>:

press the Enter key.

7. The command prompt displays:

Select point for node 17:

type INT and select the same intersection shown in Figure CG-38.

8. The command prompt displays:

Node # <17>:

type 15 and press the Enter key.

9. The command prompt displays:

Node number 15 is in use.

Enter New node number/Overwrite/Ignore <17>:

type I and press the Enter key twice.

10. Node 15 now appears in 3 places. To verify this, select List Duplicate Nodes
from the Reports menu.

Tutorial CG-53
Eagle Point Software

11. The Duplicate Node List dialog box displays (Figure CG-39). Highlight one of
the occurrences of node 15 and click on the Resolve button.

Figure CG-39 Duplicate Nodes Dialog Box

12. The Resolve Duplicate Nodes dialog box (Figure CG -5) displays. Highlight the
occurrence of node 15 with the largest easting, 4950.08. Click on the Renumber
to Lowest Available button, which should be 17.

Figure CG-40 Resolve Duplicate Nodes Dialog Box

CG-54 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

13. The dialog box redisplays, that occurrence is gone and the lowest available
number has increased by one. Highlight the remaining occurrence within the larg-
est easting, 4810.30, and click on the Delete button.

14. When the dialog box redisplays, click on the Exit button

Copy Nodes and Move Nodes

Use the Copy Nodes command to copy sets of nodes that define a region you want to
place in another part of the drawing. We will use it to copy two nodes.

1. Select Copy Nodes from the Nodes menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Add mode.
Select nodes:

type 16 and press the Enter key.

3. The command prompt displays:

Add mode.
Select nodes:

type 1 and press the Enter key twice.

4. The command prompt displays:

Multiple/<Base point>:

type NOD , press the Enter key and graphically select node 1.

5. The command prompt displays:

Second point of displacement:

type INT and select the lot corner on the cul-de-sac without a node. The nodes
will be placed and renumbered to number 18 and 19.

6. Before continuing we need to remove some lines. Zoom to extents by typing Z at

the command prompt and pressing the Enter key.

7. The command prompt displays:

All/Center/Dynamic/Extents/Left/Previous/Vmax/Window<Scale (X/XP)>:

Tutorial CG-55
Eagle Point Software

type E and press the Enter key.

8. Zoom in the area as shown in CG-41, by typing Z and pressing the Enter key.
Then pick with the left mouse button a point at one corner of the view, then drag
the window to the other corner and pick with the left mouse button.

Figure CG-41

9. Erase the straight line segments between nodes 26 and 27, 28 and 29, 30 and 31
and 47 and 48. Note that there are also curved alignments between these nodes.
There is an extra segment from node 49 to 50 but it will not affect the next steps.

Figure CG-42

There may also be a line that needs to be erased across the turn lane
transition depending on its location.

CG-56 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Convert EPoly to Lot

We will now convert the lines in the drawing to lots.

1. Zoom to extents by typing Z at the command prompt and pressing the Enter key.
The command prompt displays:

All/Center/Dynamic/Extents/Left/Previous/Vmax/Win-
dow.<Scale (X/XP)>:

type E and press the Enter key.

2. At the command prompt type DDLMODES and press the Enter key.

3. Highlight LOTS and click on the Current button.

4. Click on the OK button to close the Layer Control dialog box.

5. Select Convert EPoly to Lot from the Lots menu.

6. The command prompt displays:

Select internal point near the beginning:

select the point shown in Figure CG-43. The prompt then displays:

Finding Polygon...
Retry/<accept>:

Press the Enter key to accept.

Figure CG-43 Converting a EPoly to a Lot

Tutorial CG-57
Eagle Point Software

7. The Convert EPoly to Lot dialog box (Figure CG-5) displays:

Figure CG-44 Convert EPoly to Lot Dialog Box

8. Type the following information:

Lot name: LOT 1

Parent name NONE
Lot description (leave blank)

click on the OK button.

9. Press the Enter key to reselect the command.

10. The command prompt displays:

Select internal point near the beginning:

select the points shown in CG-45.

Figure CG-45 Converting EPoly to Lot

CG-58 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

11. When the boundary is highlighted, press the Enter key to accept it.

12. The Convert EPoly to Lot dialog box displays.

13. Type the following information:

Lot name: LOT 2

Parent name NONE
Lot description (leave blank)

click on the OK button.

14. Repeat step 9-13 for the remaining lots, incrementing the number in the lot name
accordingly. See Figure CG-45 for the selection points and names.

15. When the Lots are defined, type DDLMODES and press the Enter key. Highlight
the property lines layer PROPLINES and click on the Freeze button. Click on
the OK button to close the dialog box.

For your convenience, we have included a drawing file titled COGO4,

which is the lesson drawing in its completed from up to this point. You may
continue the lessons with the drawing you are currently working on, or you
may begin the next session using the drawing file COGO4.DWG (Figure
CG-46).

Figure CG-46 Lesson 3 Drawing

Tutorial CG-59
Eagle Point Software

Selection Sets

Notice that most of the nodes are missing. we are going to change them to the LOTS
layer.

1. Select the Select Nodes command from the Nodes menu. The command prompt
displays:

Add mode.
Select nodes:

type 11-59 and press the Enter key twice. The command line says to use the
previous nodes to select objects.

2. At the command prompt type CHPROP and press the Enter key. The command
prompt displays:

Select objects:

type P for previous and press the Enter key twice.

3. The command prompt displays:

Change what property (Color/LAyer/LType/Thickness):

type LA and press the Enter key.

4. The command prompt displays:

New layer <varies>:

type LOTS and press the Enter key twice.

Calculate Area by Object

We will check the area of a lot, modify the lot size, then recheck the area.

1. Select the Calculate Area by Object command from the Reports menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Lots/<Object>:

type L and press the Enter key.

CG-60 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

3. The Defined Lots dialog box (Figure CG-47) displays. Scroll down to Lots 11, 12
and 13. Note that the lot size is 14322.76 square feet for the lots.

Figure CG-47 Defined Lots Dialog Box

4. Highlight Lot 11 and click on the OK button. The Calculate Area by Object dia-
log box (Figure CG-48 ) displays. Click on the Close button.

Figure CG-48 Calculate Area by Object Dialog Box

5. We will now change the size of the lots and recheck the lot size. Zoom so you can
view Lots 11, 12 and 13.

6. When the standard prompt, Command: displays, graphically select the back lot
lines for Lots 11 and 12 (Figure CG-49). When done correctly, the lines will be
highlighted and blue squares, called “grips,” will appear at the lot corners.

Tutorial CG-61
Eagle Point Software

Figure CG-49 Calculating an Area by Object

7. Move the cross hairs to the grip just inside node 15. The cross hairs jump into the
grip. Pick with the left mouse button. The grip will become red when selected.

8. The command prompt displays:

***Stretch**
<Stretch to Point>/Base point/Copy/Undo/eXit:

type NOD and press the Enter key. Then move the cross hairs to Node 15 and se-
lect it.

9. When completed, pick the grip at Node 16, type NOD, press the Enter key and
graphically select node 19. Note how Lot 13, was unaltered. This will be used as
a reference. Press the Control and C keys simultaneously twice to remove the
grips from the display or press the Esc key if you are in Windows.

10. Select the Calculate Area by Object command from the Reports menu.

11. The command prompt displays:

Lots/<Object>:

type L and press the Enter key.

12. The Defined Lots dialog box (Figure CG-50) displays. Scroll down to Lots 11
and 12. They have changed, but Lot 13 has stayed the same.

CG-62 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Figure CG-50 Defined Lots Dialog Box

13. Highlight Lot 12 and click on the OK button. The Calculate Area by Object dia-
log box displays. Click on the Close button.

Batch Play Back

A batch file has been created that has control points we will use to generate reports
with.

1. From the File menu, select Batch Manager. The Batch Manager dialog box (Fig-
ure CG-51) displays.

Figure CG-51 Batch Manager

Tutorial CG-63
Eagle Point Software

2. Highlight the file description of Place Control Points.

3. Click on the Play Back button. Two nodes will be placed in the drawing.

4. Click on the Show Only button. Nodes 100 and 101 will be the only things vis-
ible in the drawing.

5. Press the space bar or the Enter key to redisplay the Batch Manager. Click on the
Close button.

6. Type R at the command prompt and press the Enter key. The other entities in the
drawing will redraw.

Configure Printer and Stakeout Alignment

We will develop a report for staking out the alignment developed.

1. Select Configure Printer from the Eagle menu.

2. In the Printer setup dialog box select file, ASCII.

3. In the file name type ALIGN.TXT. Any time a report is generated and printed, it
will be sent to this file.

4. Click on the OK button.

5. Select Stakeout Alignment from the Reports menu.

6. The command prompt displays:

Occupied point:

type 16 and press the Enter key.

7. The command prompt displays:

Direction/<Backsight point>:

type 14 and press the Enter key.

8. The command prompt displays:

Roadcalc/Watersurface/<Select Alignment>:

select the yellow road centerline.

CG-64 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

9. The Stakeout Alignment Station Interval dialog box (Figure CG-52) displays.
Type the following information:

Station Interval Maximum Distance

Alignment 50 1000
Tangents 100 Absolute
Curves 25 Relative to PC
Spirals 10 Relative to TS/CS

Figure CG-52 Stakeout Alignment Station Interval Dialog Box

Click on the OK button.

10. The Stakeout Alignment dialog box displays (Figure CG-53).

Figure CG-53 Stakeout Alignment Dialog Box

Tutorial CG-65
Eagle Point Software

11. Click on the Print button to send the report to the file.

12. Click on the OK button to close the Print dialog box. Then click on the Close
button to exit Stakeout Alignment.

Calculate Station/Offset

Now that the alignment data is in place, the next step determines the station and off-
set of the lot points.

1. Select Calculate Station/Offset from the Reports menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Roadcalc/Watersurface/<Select alignment>:

select the alignment.

3. The command prompt displays:

Select nodes:

type 11-59 and press the Enter key twice.

4. The Calc Station/Offset dialog box (Figure CG-6) displays. Click on the Print
button.

Figure CG-54 Calculate Station Offsets

CG-66 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

5. The Calculate Station/Offset Print Format dialog box displays.

6. Click on the Cancel button to close the dialog box without sending the report or
click on the OK button to send the report.

7. Click on the Close button in the Calculate Station/Offset dialog box to close it.

Stakeout Boundary

1. Select Stakeout Boundary from the Reports menu.

2. The command prompt displays:

Starting point:

type 100 and press the Enter key.

3. The command prompt displays:

Direction/<Backsight point>:

type 101 and press the Enter key.

4. The command prompt displays:

Lots/Epoly/<Select closed polyline>:

type L and press the Enter key.

5. The Predefined Lots dialog box displays. Highlight one of the lots and click on
the OK button.

6. The Stakeout Boundary dialog box displays. Click on the Close button.

List Nodes

Obtain a list of the nodes in the drawing.

1. Select List Nodes from the Reports menu.

2. Select the nodes to list by the various selection methods.

3. The Node List dialog box (Figure CG-2) displays. Click on the Close button to
end the command.

Tutorial CG-67
Eagle Point Software

Figure CG-55 Node List Dialog Box

This concludes the set of tutorial lessons for the Eagle Point Advantage Series
COGO module. It is our intention to shorten your learning curve and increase your
knowledge and productivity. We hope this tutorial has been beneficial. As always,
we welcome your suggestions for improving our products.

CG-68 COGO
 Index
Playback controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
A Print Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Select Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Absolute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Show Only objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Add Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Unlink objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Alignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Batch Manager Pull-down Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Convert Objects to Alignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 batchmanager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Draw Bulb Cul-de-Sac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Draw Hammer Cul-de-Sac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Draw Offset Cul-de-Sac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Intersect Roads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Offset Alignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 C
Traverse Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
All Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 calcangle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Always Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 calcstaoffset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
areabybpoly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Calculate Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
areabyobject. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20 Calculate Angle-Alignment by Points. . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
areabypoints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Calculate Angle-Alignments by Tangents. . . . . . . . 6-12
Auto Erase Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Calculate Angle-Lines dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Autocad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Alignment by Tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
AutoCAD Node Selection Methods Calculate Area by Bpoly dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Calculate Area by BPolyline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
All. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Calculate Area by Object. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Crossing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Calculate Area by Objects dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Crossing Polygon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Calculate Area by Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Fence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Calculate Area by Points dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Calculate Station/Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Previous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Calculate Station/Offset dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Calculating an Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Calculating an Area by Object. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Calculating an Area by Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
AutoCAD Selection Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Calculating Station/Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Azimuths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Change Icon, Field Book Editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-16
Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-16
Filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-17
Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-16
B Select. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-17
Step-by-Step Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-17
Background, Field Book Editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15 Clean Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Background Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15 Cleaning Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15 cleannode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Filename. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15 coalign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15 COGO Interface/Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Step-by-Step Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-16 Colors, Field Book Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-17
Backsight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Command Line Prompts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Batch Manager dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 conbpoly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Auto Erase ON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 conobj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Convert BPoly to Lot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
copy files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Convert BPoly to Lot dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Delete files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Lot Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
Edit Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Lot Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
Erase objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Lot Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Parent Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Parent Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Index Index - 1
Eagle Point Software

Parent Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15 Delete Lot Alert Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

Convert Objects to Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Description Exact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Convert Objects to Lot dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Description Like . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Lot Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 dirdir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Lot Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 dirdist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Lot Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Direciton Types
Parent Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Direction Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7, 4-25, 7-13
Parent Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Direction Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7, 4-25, 7-13
Parent Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Direction Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Convert Objects to Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Absolute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Converting a BPoly to a Lot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15 Autocad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Converting Objects to an Alignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Backsight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Converting Objects to Lots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Direction Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7, 4-25, 7-13
Coordinate Geometry Fpsp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7
Developing Drawings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Fpsp (First point, Second point) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 New Backsight Direction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Manual Organization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 New Backsight Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Copy Batch File Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 dirsta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Copy Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Distance Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Copying Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
copynode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Node # . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Create Lot Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27 Two Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Creating an Offset Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 distdist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Crossing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Draw Bulb Cul-de-Sac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Crossing Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Draw Curve Tangent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
culbulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Draw Feature Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
culhammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Draw Hammer Cul-de-Sac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
culoffset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Draw Offset Cul-de-Sac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Current Active Field, Field Book Editor. . . . . . . . . A-25 Draw Polar Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Curve Parameters dialog box Draw Spiral Tangent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Chord Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Draw Through Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Curve Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Using 2-D Pline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Degree of Arc (arc). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Using 3-D Pline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Degree of Chord (chord). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Using Arc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
External Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Using Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Middle Ordinate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Drawing a Bulb Cul-de-Sac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Radius Distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Drawing a Curve Tangent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Tangent Distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Drawing a Feature Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
curvetan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Drawing a Hammer Cul-de-Sac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Customize, Field Book Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-19 Drawing a Polar Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Alert of Change of the AC Tag. . . . . . . . . . . . . A-20 Drawing a Spiral Tangent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Allow Invalid Field Entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-20 Drawing an Offset Cul-de-Sac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Data Field Displayed Width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-20 dtnodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1
Data Field Max Field Width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-20 Duplicate Nodes dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-19 Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
Display Tag Help Prompt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-20 Resolve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Step-by-Step Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21 duplicatenodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

D E
Data File Description, Field Book Editor. . . . . . . . . . A-3 Eagle Point Delete Lot alert box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26
Data File Name, Field Book Editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 Cancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26
ddsnapnode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 OK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26
Defined Lots dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22, 6-34 Eagle Point Delete Lot List alert box . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26
Delete Format dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Edit Lot Properties Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
Delete Line, Field Book Editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10 Edit Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
Step-by-Step Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10 Accessing Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25

Index - 2 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Delete Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10 Scroll Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25

Find and Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9 Worksheet Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-26
Find Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7 Field Code
Global Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11 From Node Style. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Insert Column. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11 File
Insert Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10 Batch Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Undo All. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14 File Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Edit Name/Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-7
Elevation Field Book Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
Always Prompt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-4
Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Save. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-3
Enter Lot List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 Save As . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
Enter Lot List dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23 Find & Replace, Field Book Editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9
Close. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24 Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9
Contents of Highlighted Lot List. . . . . . . . . . . 8-23 Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9
Delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23 - 8-24 Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9
Lot Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23 Step-by-Step Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9
Modify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23 Find Text, Field Book Editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23 Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23 - 8-24 Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-8
Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23 Step-by-Step Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
Enter Node Coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-8
entercrd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Fit Curve Through Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Entering a Lot List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27 Fit Line Through Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Entering Node Coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 fitcurve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Entity Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 fitline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
entryop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Fitting a Curve Through Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Erase Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 Fitting a Line Through Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
erasenode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 Fpsp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Erasing Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Example of Converting an Object to a Lot. . . 6-16, 8-13

G
F Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Draw Curve Tangent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
featrlin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Draw Through Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Fencing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Fit Curve Through Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Field Book Editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 Fit Line Through Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Accessing Help. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25 Inscribe Reverse Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Column. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 Inscribe Spiral/Curve/Spiral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Current Active Field. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25 Intersect 3-D Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 Intersect Direction/Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Dialog Box, Basic Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 Intersect Distance/Distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Dialog Box, Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 Layout Parking Lot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Help Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25 Solve Lost Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Options Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15 Geometry
Row . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 Draw Feature Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Scroll Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25 Draw Polar Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Steps to Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 Draw Spiral Tangent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Worksheet Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-26 Inscribe Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Field Book Editor Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 Intersect Direction/Direction . . . . . . . . . 5-24, 5-26
Current Active Field. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25 Geometry pull-down menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Data File Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 Global Edit, Field Book Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11
Edit Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7 Change Tag To . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13
File Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 Confirm Each . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13
Help Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25 Data Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12
Options Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15 Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12
Print Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4 Field Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13

Index Index - 3
Eagle Point Software

Node Selection Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12 introad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15

Step-by-Step Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14 invalign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Gridlines, Field Book Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21 Inverse Alignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Columns Per Grid Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-22 Inverse Alignment dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-22 Inverse Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
Horizontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-22 Inverse Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Lines Per Grid Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-22 inverseobjects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
Step-by-Step Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-22 inversepoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Vertical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-22 Inversing an Alignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Inversing an Object. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

H
K
Help Button, Field Book Editor
Keystrokes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-26 Key-in commands
Help Menu, Field Book Editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25 2ptres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Help, Accessing 3pntres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Step-by-Step Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25 areabybpoly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
areabyobject. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
areabypoints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
batchmanager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
I calcangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
calcstaoffset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
inscrevc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 cleannode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
inscribc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 coalign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Inscribe Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 conbpoly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Inscribe Reverse Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 conobj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Inscribe Spiral/Curve/Spiral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 copynode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Inscribing a Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 culbulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Inscribing a Spiral/Curve/Spiral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 culhammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
inscribs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 culoffset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Insert Column, Field Book Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11 curvetan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Step-by-Step Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11 ddsnapnode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Insert Line, Field Book Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10 dirdir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Step-by-Step Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11 dirdist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Interface/Settings dirsta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Command Line Prompts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 distdist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Direction Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 dtnodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Distance Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 duplicatenodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Entity Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 entercrd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Graphical Node Selection Methods . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 entryop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Node Selection Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 erasenode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Point Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 featrlin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 fitcurve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Set Active Field Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 fitline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Set Node Input Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 inscrevc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Station Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 inscribc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Intersect 3-D Lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34 inscribs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Intersect Direction/Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 introad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Intersect Direction/Distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 invalign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Intersect Direction/Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31 inverseobjects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
Intersect Distance/Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 inversepoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Intersect Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 linlin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Intersecting 3-D Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34 listnodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Intersecting Direction/Direction. . . . . . . . . . . 5-24, 5-27 lostpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Intersecting Direction/Station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31 lotlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
Intersecting Distance/Distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 lotrep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
Intersecting Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 mapcheckop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

Index - 4 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

modnode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
movenode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 M
nodealngobj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
nodeinpt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Map Check Entry Options dialog box
nodesta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Combination Scale Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
offsetalign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 Map Check Options dialog box
park. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36 Coordinate System Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
placenod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Mapcheck Print Format dialog box. . . . . . . . 8-31 - 8-32
polarline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32
raisenode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 Parent Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32
renumnode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 mapcheckop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
rotnode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 Modify Format dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
scalenode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 Modify Lot List dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
selectnode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Modify Lots dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26
setstyle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Modify Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
snapnode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Modify Nodes Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
solverad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18 Attribute to Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
solveslide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
solveswing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
spiraltan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Justification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
stakeal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35 Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
stakebn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31 Rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
stakeno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28 Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
traval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
traverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 Symbol Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
travlot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
unusednodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Keystrokes, Field Book Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-26 X Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Y Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Modifying Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
modnode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
L Move Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
movenode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
L 2-3 Moving Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Layout Parking Lot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
linlin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
List Duplicate Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
List Node Print Format Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . 2-8 - 2-9 N
List Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
List Unused Node Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 New Backsight Direction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Listing Duplicate Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 New Backsight Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Listing Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 New Format dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Listing Unused Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 New Lot List dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24
listnodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Apply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24 - 8-25
lostpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24 - 8-25
Lot Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28 Lot List Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24 - 8-25
lotlist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 Node Input Options dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
lotrep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28 Node Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Lots8-1 Node List dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35, 6-2
Convert Bpoly to a Lot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Convert Objects to Lots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Easting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Create Lot Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27 Elevation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Enter Lot List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 Field Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Solve Radial Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18 Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Solve Sliding Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 Node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Solve Swinging Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 Northing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Traverse Lot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Lots pull-down menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Node Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Index Index - 5
Eagle Point Software

Always Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 placenod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1

Use Next #. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Placing a Parking Lot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Node Selection Methods Placing Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Description Like . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Point Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 polarline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
Node Selection Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Previous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
Node Selection Type Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Print Lot Report dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
Single. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Apply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
Node Selection Type Lot Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
Description Like . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Mapcheck Print Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
Single. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Mapcheck Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
nodealngobj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 Maximum Error of Closure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
nodeinpt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Select Lot List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1, 4-31 Select Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
Clean Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 Summary Print Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
Copy Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Summary Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
Enter Node Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Printer Settings Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
Move Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Place Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Raise/Lower Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Renumber Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 R
Resize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Rotate Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 Raise/Lower Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Scale Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 raisenode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Select Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
Snap Nodes to Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Regenerate, Field Book Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-23
Solve 2 Point Resection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 Step-by-Step Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-23
Solve Node by Station/Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
Solve Nodes Along Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 Renumber Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Solving a 3 Point Resection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 Renumbering Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Swivel Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 renumnode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Traverse Topo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1, 6-10
nodesta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Calculate Area by BPolyline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Calculate Area by Object. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Calculate Area by Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Calculating an Area by Object. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
O Inverse Alignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Inverse Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
Offset Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 Inverse Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
offsetalign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 List Duplicate Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Options Menu, Colors List Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-17 List Unused Node Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Options Menu, Customize Stakeout Alignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Customize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-19 Stakeout Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Options Menu, Field Book Editor Resize Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Background. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-15 Resolve Unused Nodes dialog box
Change Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-16 Average Coordinates and Elevations . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Gridlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-21 Delete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Regenerate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-23 Keep Selected, Delete Remaining. . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-23 Renumber to Lowest Available. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Video Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-24 Renumber to Next Available. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Renumber to Selected Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Resolve Unused Nodes dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
RoadCalc Alignment dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . 2-12, 6-34
P Water Surface Profiling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Rotate Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
park5-36 Rotating Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Place Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 rotnode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

Index - 6 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Weeding Duplicates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

S Snap Nodes to Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Method 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Scale Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 Method 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
scalenode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 snapnode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
scalenodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 Solve 2 Point Resection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Scaling Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 Solve 3 Point Resection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Scroll Bar, Field Book Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25 Solve Lost Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Select Lot List dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30 Solve Node by Station /Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Select Lots dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26 Solve Nodes Along Object. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26 Solve Radial Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Clear All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27 Solve Sliding Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26 Solve Swinging Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
Lot Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26 solverad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Parent Lot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27 solveslide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
Select All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27 solveswing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Select Children of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27 Solving a 2 Point Resection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Select Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Solving a 3 Point Resection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
selectnode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Solving a Lost Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Set Active Field Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8, 9-5 Solving a Radial Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Set Entry Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Solving a Sliding Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Set Entry Options dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Solving Node by Station/Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Combination Scale Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Solving Nodes Along an Object. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Coordinate System Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Solving Swinging Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Distance Delimiter between Node Numbers. . . 9-2 Spiral Parameters dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Set Mapcheck Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 - 9-4 Clockwise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Degree of Arc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Degree of Chord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Run Traverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 SC Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Run Traverses Through Radius Points . . . . . . . 9-4 Spiral Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Set Mapcheck Options spiraltan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Closure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 stakeal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Set Node Input Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8, 9-6 stakebn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Node Number Edit box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 stakeno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Set Node Input Options dialog box Stakeout Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Always Prompt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Stakeout Alignment dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Description edit box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Backsight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Elevation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 BOP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Elevation Edit Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 BS Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Field Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 EOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Node Number Edit box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
setstyle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Stakeout Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
Setting an Active Node Style. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Start Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Setting Mapcheck Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Stakeout Boundary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Setting Node Input Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Stakeout Boundary dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Backsight Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Set Entry Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 BS Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Set From Node Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Stakeout Boundary Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Set Mapcheck Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Start Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Set Node Input Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Stakeout Boundary Print dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Toggle Audit Trail Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Stakeout Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Toggle Draw Lines Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Stakeout Nodes dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Toggle Draw Nodes Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Backsight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Single . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 BS Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Snap Nodes dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4, 4-7 Occupied Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Elevations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Stakeout Nodes Print dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Point types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Staking Out a Boundary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33

Index Index - 7
Eagle Point Software

Staking Out an Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38 Solving Nodes Along an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

Staking Out Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29 Solving Swinging Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Station Equation dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Staking Out a Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
Station Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Staking Out an Alignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
Station Interval dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36 Staking Out Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36 Swiveling Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36 Summary Print dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
Spirals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36 Data Field. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
Tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36 Field Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
Step by Steps Heading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
Calculating an Angle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Lot Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
Calculating an Area by Bpolyline. . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Parent Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
Calculating an Area by Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 Summary Print Format dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30
Calculating Station/Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Swiveling Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Cleaning Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Converting a BPoly to a Lot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
Converting Objects to Alignments. . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Converting Objects to Lots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 T
Copying Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Creating an Offset Alignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 2ptres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
Drawing a Bulb Cul-de-Sac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 3pntres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Drawing a Curve Tangent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Text Size dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Drawing a Feature Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Toggle Audit Trail Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Drawing a Hammer Cul-de-Sac. . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 Toggle Draw Lines Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Drawing a Polar Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Toggle Draw Nodes Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Drawing a Spiral Tangent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 traval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
Drawing an Off Cul-de-Sac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 traverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Entering a Lot List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27 Traverse Alignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Entering Node Coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Traverse Circular Curve dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Erasing Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 Arc Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Fitting a Curve Through Points . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Clockwise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Fitting a Line Through Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Curve PI Station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Inscribing a Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Degree of Curve (arc) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Inscribing a Spiral/Curve/Spiral. . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Degree of Curve (chord) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Intersecting 3-D Lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34 Delta Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Intersecting Direction/Direction. . . . . . . 5-24, 5-27 External . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Intersecting Direction/Station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31 Middle Ordinate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Intersecting Distance/Distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 PT/CS Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Intersecting Roads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 - 7-11
Inversing an Alignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27 Tangent Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Inversing an Object. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Traverse Combing Spiral dialog box
Listing Duplicate Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Clockwise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Listing Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Traverse Combining Spiral dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Listing Unused Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Degree of Curve (arc) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Modifying Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40 Degree of Curve (chord) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 - 7-9
Moving Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 Ending Curve Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Placing a Parking Lot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36 Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 - 7-9
Placing Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 SC Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Renumbering Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 Spiral Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Rotating Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 Starting Curve Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Scaling Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 Traverse Curve Dialog Box
Setting Mapcheck Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Arc Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Setting Node Input Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Chord Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Solving a 2 Point Resection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 Clockwise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Solving a 3 Point Resection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 Degree of Curve [arc] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Solving a Lost Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Delta Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Solving a Radial Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18 External . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Solving a Sliding Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 Middle Ordinate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Solving Node by Station/Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Index - 8 COGO
 Eagle Point Software

Tangent Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Traverse Lot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Using Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Traverse Lot Curve dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Traverse Spiral In dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Clockwise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Degree of Curve (arc). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Radius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
SC Station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Spiral Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Traverse Spiral Out dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Clockwise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Degree of Curve (arc). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Radius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
SC Station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Spiral Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Traverse Sprial In dialog box
Degree of Curve (chord) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Traverse Sprial Out dialog box
Degree of Curve (chord) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Traverse Topo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
travlot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

U
Undo All, Field Book Editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14
Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14
Step-by-Step Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14
unusednodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Use Next # . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Using 3-D Pline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Using Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

V
Version, Field Book Editor
Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-23
Step-by-Step Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24
Video Mode, Field Book Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24
Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24
Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24
Step-by-Step Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24

W
Watersurface Profiling dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Select Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Worksheet Area, Field Book Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . A-26
WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Index Index - 9
Eagle Point Software

Index - 10 COGO